-
+
2. Plug the other end of the Ethernet cable into your computer's Ethernet port.
If your computer doesn't have an Ethernet port, then you can instead plug the other end of the Ethernet cable into an Ethernet-to-USB adapter which you can plug into your computer's USB port.
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/README.mdx b/docs/usage/disc/README.mdx
index 253293012..9889bbe34 100644
--- a/docs/usage/disc/README.mdx
+++ b/docs/usage/disc/README.mdx
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ Perfect for classrooms, workshops, and self-learners.
* Telescope assembly
* Smartphone microscope
-📄 [Documentation →](./corebox/README.md)
+📄 [Documentation →](./corebox/index.md)
---
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/boxes/Didaktikkonzept CoreBox - Version 1 (1).md b/docs/usage/disc/boxes/Didaktikkonzept CoreBox - Version 1 (1).md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..50c808af6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/disc/boxes/Didaktikkonzept CoreBox - Version 1 (1).md
@@ -0,0 +1,1521 @@
+# Didaktikkonzept – CoreBox openUC2 {#didaktikkonzept-–-corebox-openuc2}
+
+#
+
+# *Lichtwelten entdecken –*
+
+# *Optische Systeme verstehen, bauen und anwenden*
+
+**Material:**
+openUC2 CoreBox \- modularer Optikbaukasten
+
+**Zielgruppe:**
+
+* Sekundarstufe I
+* Sekundarstufe II
+
+**Umfang:**
+1-8 Unterrichtsstunden (modular); geeignet für:
+
+* Einzelstunden
+* Doppelstunden
+* Projekttage
+* AGs/Forscherkurse/MINT-Labore
+
+**Fachbereiche:**
+Physik, Biologie, Technik, Sachunterricht, Informatik
+
+**Version:**
+Lehrwerksstandard
+
+# **Inhaltsverzeichnis** {#inhaltsverzeichnis}
+
+[**Didaktikkonzept – CoreBox openUC2 1**](#didaktikkonzept-–-corebox-openuc2)
+
+[**Inhaltsverzeichnis 2**](#inhaltsverzeichnis)
+
+[**1\. Einleitung 4**](#1.-einleitung)
+
+[1.1 Ziel dieses Konzepts 4](#1.1-ziel-dieses-konzepts)
+
+[1.2 Zielgruppe & Einsatzszenarien 5](#1.2-zielgruppe-&-einsatzszenarien)
+
+[1.3 Warum Optik mit der CoreBox statt mit einem “klassischen Mikroskop"? 5](#1.3-warum-optik-mit-der-corebox-statt-mit-einem-“klassischen-mikroskop"?)
+
+[1.4. Aufbau des Konzepts 7](#1.4.-aufbau-des-konzepts)
+
+[1.5 Hinweise zur praktischen Umsetzung 7](#1.5-hinweise-zur-praktischen-umsetzung)
+
+[**2\. Didaktische Einordnung 7**](#2.-didaktische-einordnung)
+
+[2.1 Bildungs- und Kompetenzen 8](#2.1-bildungs--und-kompetenzen)
+
+[2.2 Lernvoraussetzungen der Schüler\*innen 9](#2.2-lernvoraussetzungen-der-schüler*innen)
+
+[2.3 Didaktische Leitprinzipien 10](#2.3-didaktische-leitprinzipien)
+
+[2.4 Differenzierte Einstiege in die Optik 12](#2.4-differenzierte-einstiege-in-die-optik)
+
+[2.5 Begründung des Methodenmixes 12](#2.5-begründung-des-methodenmixes)
+
+[2.6 Lernumgebung & Organisation 12](#2.6-lernumgebung-&-organisation)
+
+[2.7 Fazit didaktische Einordnung 13](#2.7-fazit-didaktische-einordnung)
+
+[**3\. Sachinformationen & Arbeiten mit der CoreBox 13**](#3.-sachinformationen-&-arbeiten-mit-der-corebox)
+
+[3.1 Grundprinzip der CoreBox 14](#3.1-grundprinzip-der-corebox)
+
+[3.2 Komponenten der CoreBox 14](#3.2-komponenten-der-corebox)
+
+[3.3 So arbeitet man mit der CoreBox 15](#3.3-so-arbeitet-man-mit-der-corebox)
+
+[3.4 Grundprinzipien optischer Systeme in der CoreBox 17](#3.4-grundprinzipien-optischer-systeme-in-der-corebox)
+
+[3.5 Arbeiten im Unterricht mit der CoreBox 18](#3.5-arbeiten-im-unterricht-mit-der-corebox)
+
+[3.6 Sicherheit, Robustheit, Nachhaltigkeit 19](#3.6-sicherheit,-robustheit,-nachhaltigkeit)
+
+[3.7 Pflege & Aufbewahrung 19](#3.7-pflege-&-aufbewahrung)
+
+[**4\. Experimente mit der CoreBox 20**](#4.-experimente-mit-der-corebox)
+
+[Experiment 1: Optik \- Lupe 20](#experiment-1:-optik---lupe)
+
+[Experiment 2: Optik \- Linsen 24](#experiment-2:-optik---linsen)
+
+[Experiment 3: Optik \- Der Projektor 28](#experiment-3:-optik---der-projektor)
+
+[Experiment 4: Optik \- Galilei-Teleskop 31](#experiment-4:-optik---galilei-teleskop)
+
+[Exkurs: Einen Würfel auseinander bauen 34](#exkurs:-einen-würfel-auseinander-bauen)
+
+[Experiment 5: Optik \- Kepler Teleskop 34](#experiment-5:-optik---kepler-teleskop)
+
+[Experiment 6: Mikroskopie \- Lichtmikroskop mit Unendlich- keitsoptik 37](#experiment-6:-mikroskopie---lichtmikroskop-mit-unendlich--keitsoptik)
+
+[Experiment 7: Mikroskopie \- Lichtmikroskop mit Endlichkeits- optik 41](#experiment-7:-mikroskopie---lichtmikroskop-mit-endlichkeits--optik)
+
+[Experiment 8: Mikroskopie \- Das Smartphone Mikroskop 46](#experiment-8:-mikroskopie---das-smartphone-mikroskop)
+
+[**5\. Unterrichtsstunden 51**](#5.-unterrichtsstunden)
+
+[Stunde 1 \- Einstieg in die Optik: Die Lupe 51](#stunde-1---einstieg-in-die-optik:-die-lupe)
+
+[Stunde 2 \- Sammel- und Zerstreuungslinsen 52](#stunde-2---sammel--und-zerstreuungslinsen)
+
+[Stunde 3 \- Bildentstehung: Der Projektor 53](#stunde-3---bildentstehung:-der-projektor)
+
+[Stunde 4 \- Vertiefung Bildentstehung & Sicherung 54](#stunde-4---vertiefung-bildentstehung-&-sicherung)
+
+[Stunde 5 \- Fernrohre: Galilei & Kepler 55](#stunde-5---fernrohre:-galilei-&-kepler)
+
+[Stunde 6 \- Das klassische (endliche) Mikroskop 56](#stunde-6---das-klassische-\(endliche\)-mikroskop)
+
+[Stunde 7 \- Das moderne Mikroskop: Unendlichkeitsoptik 57](#stunde-7---das-moderne-mikroskop:-unendlichkeitsoptik)
+
+[Stunde 8 \- Smartphone-Mikroskopie 58](#stunde-8---smartphone-mikroskopie)
+
+##
+
+# 1\. Einleitung {#1.-einleitung}
+
+Optische Phänomene gehören zu den faszinierendsten Bereichen der Naturwissenschaften – gleichzeitig aber zu denen, die Schüler\*innen oft nur abstrakt kennenlernen. Begriffe wie *Brennweite*, *Linsenfunktion* oder *Bildentstehung* werden im Unterricht behandelt, ohne dass Lernende erleben, **wie** optische Abbildungen tatsächlich entstehen. Meist wird mit fertigen Geräten gearbeitet, deren innerer Aufbau für Lernende verborgen bleibt. Genau das möchten wir ändern.
+
+Mit der **openUC2 CoreBox** erhalten Schulen ein modulares Optiksystem, das es Lernenden ermöglicht:
+
+* optische Geräte **selbst zu konstruieren**,
+* Wirkprinzipien wie Brennweite oder Vergrößerung **experimentell zu erkunden**,
+* Fehlerquellen und Grenzen optischer Systeme **authentisch zu erfahren**,
+* und mithilfe digitaler Endgeräte (z. B. Smartphones) **moderne Mikroskopie** durchzuführen.
+
+Die Leitidee des Moduls lautet daher:
+ **„Optik begreifen, indem man sie baut.“**
+
+Damit unterstützt die CoreBox einen Unterricht, indem Schüler\*innen zu aktiven Forschenden werden, die sehen, was sie bauen, und verstehen, was sie sehen.
+
+## 1.1 Ziel dieses Konzepts {#1.1-ziel-dieses-konzepts}
+
+Diese Handreichung bietet ein **vollständiges, kompetenzorientiertes Unterrichtskonzept** für den Einsatz der CoreBox ab Sekundarstufe I.
+
+Sie enthält:
+
+* didaktische Hintergrundinformationen,
+* eine klare Kompetenzstruktur nach KMK-Standards,
+* vollständige Unterrichtseinheiten mit Stundenverläufen,
+* Experimente in verschiedenen Schwierigkeitsstufen,
+* Kopiervorlagen für Schüler\*innen,
+* Differenzierungsangebote für leistungsheterogene Lerngruppen,
+
+Die Materialien ermöglichen Lehrkräften, Optik als Hands-on Wissenschaft zu vermitteln – nachvollziehbar, sicher und praxisnah.
+
+## 1.2 Zielgruppe & Einsatzszenarien {#1.2-zielgruppe-&-einsatzszenarien}
+
+Diese Handreichung und die zugehörigen Experimente sind ausgelegt für:
+
+### Sekundarstufe I (Klasse 5-10)
+
+* Einführung in geometrische Optik
+* Linsen, Brennweite, Bildentstehung
+* optische Geräte (Lupe, Mikroskop, Kamera)
+* qualitative und quantitative Experimente
+* digitale Auswertung (Smartphone)
+
+### Sekundarstufe II (optional erweiterbar)
+
+* präzise Strahlenoptik
+* Linsengleichung
+* Abbildungsmaßstab
+* reale optische Systeme
+
+### Typische Einsatzformen
+
+* Regulärer Physikunterricht
+* Naturwissenschaftliche Vertiefungskurse
+* Projektunterricht / Profilfach MINT
+* Schülerlabore und AGs
+* Forschertage / naturwissenschaftliche Workshops
+* Optional: Regulärer Biologie Unterricht
+* Optional: Regulärer Informatik Unterricht
+
+## 1.3 Warum Optik mit der CoreBox statt mit einem “klassischen Mikroskop"? {#1.3-warum-optik-mit-der-corebox-statt-mit-einem-“klassischen-mikroskop"?}
+
+Die CoreBox bietet für den Unterricht mehrere entscheidende Vorteile:
+
+### 1\. Lernende bauen reale optische Geräte selbst
+
+Sie konstruieren:
+
+* Lupen
+* Projektoren
+* Teleskope
+* Weitere Linsenaufbauten
+* Mikroskope
+
+Das schafft ein tieferes Verständnis, als die Arbeit mit fertigen Aufbauten.
+
+### 2\. Modularität ermöglicht Experimentieren
+
+Lernende können in den Aufbauten sämtliche Faktoren selbst verändern und damit experimentieren, welche Veränderungen im Aufbau welche Veränderungen im Ergebnis nach sich ziehen. Beispiele sind die Veränderung von Abständen, Linsen oder Beleuchtungen.
+
+### 3\. Ideal auf Kompetenzorientierung (KMK) abgestimmt
+
+Die CoreBox unterstützt alle prozessbezogenen Kompetenzen:
+
+* Erkenntnisgewinn (Hypothesen → Experiment → Auswertung)
+* Kommunikation (Beschreibungen, Diagramme, Kommunikation miteinander)
+* Bewertung
+
+### 4\. Digitale Integration
+
+Die CoreBox ermöglicht es, die Zusammenarbeit von Optik & digitaler Arbeit zu erleben. Durch die Einbindung von Tablets wird Mikroskopie so digital durchgeführt, wie dies heute selbstverständlich auch in der Praxis durchgeführt wird. Darüber hinaus können weiterführende Kompetenzen in Programmierung über Addons, wie das Interferometer, vermittelt werden.
+
+### 5\. Fehler werden sichtbar \- und lehrreich
+
+Falsch gesetzte Linsen, unpassende Abstände oder schlechte Beleuchtung erzeugen sofort erkennbare Effekte im Ergebnis. Lernende lernen dadurch Ursachenanalyse, Anpassung wissenschaftlicher Aufbauten und iterative Problemlösung. Fehler werden zu Lerngelegenheiten, die die Lernenden (zusammen) lösen, nicht zu Frustrationspunkten.
+
+## 1.4. Aufbau des Konzepts {#1.4.-aufbau-des-konzepts}
+
+Die Struktur folgt etablierten Standards von Lehrerhandreichungen und ist modular aufgebaut:
+
+1. Einleitung
+2. Didaktische Einordnung
+3. Sachinformationen & Arbeiten mit der CoreBox
+4. Experimente mit der CoreBox
+5. Unterrichtseinheiten & Stundenverläufe
+6. Arbeitsmaterialien
+7. Anhang (Materiallisten, Troubleshooting, Lehrplan-Mapping)
+
+Lehrkräfte können einzelne Experimente auswählen oder eine komplette Optik-Reihe durchführen. Darüber hinaus kann die CoreBox in fächerübergreifenden Kontexten zwischen Physik, Biologie und Informatik eingesetzt werden.
+
+## 1.5 Hinweise zur praktischen Umsetzung {#1.5-hinweise-zur-praktischen-umsetzung}
+
+Hier abschließende Hinweise zur praktischen Arbeit mit der CoreBox:
+
+* Optische Aufbauten sind in wenigen Minuten erstellt.
+* Die Bauteile sind robust und für die Sek I uneingeschränkt geeignet.
+* Tablets treffen die Lebenswelt der Schüler\*innen und steigern Motivation.
+* Gruppenarbeit (2–3 pro Box) ist optimal.
+* Der Raum sollte gut beleuchtet oder kontrolliert abdunkelbar sein, je nach Experiment.
+
+# 2\. Didaktische Einordnung {#2.-didaktische-einordnung}
+
+Optik ist ein Kerngebiet des Physikunterrichts in der Sekundarstufe I. Das Thema bietet eine ausgezeichnete Möglichkeit, fachliche Inhalte mit experimentellen Kompetenzen zu verbinden. Besonders in der Optik gilt:
+
+**Wer selbst aufbaut, versteht mehr.**
+**Wer sieht, was er gebaut hat, versteht es dauerhaft.**
+
+Die CoreBox knüpft genau hier an: Sie macht optische Systeme sichtbar, veränderbar und begreifbar. Dieses Konzept übersetzt den technischen Baukasten in ein didaktisches Gesamtkonzept, das an den KMK-Bildungsstandards und den Lehrplänen der Bundesländer ausgerichtet ist.
+
+## 2.1 Bildungs- und Kompetenzen {#2.1-bildungs--und-kompetenzen}
+
+Die CoreBox fördert alle drei prozessbezogenen Kompetenzbereiche der KMK-Standards Physik:
+
+### A. Erkenntnisgewinnung
+
+Lernende sollen:
+
+* Beobachtungen strukturieren, beschreiben und vergleichen,
+* Hypothesen formulieren, begründen und überprüfen,
+* Experimente planen und durchführen,
+* Variablen kontrollieren (Abstand, Linsenwahl, Beleuchtung),
+* Modelle anwenden (z. B. Strahlenmodell der Lichtausbreitung),
+* Messergebnisse auswerten.
+
+Damit ist das modulare und offene Prinzip der CoreBox ideal geeignet, da es ermöglicht, selbst zu experimentieren und jede Änderung im Aufbau ein klar wahrnehmbar anderes Ergebnis erzeugt.
+
+### B. Fachwissen
+
+Lernende sollen:
+
+* die Wirkungsweise von Sammel- und Zerstreuungslinsen erklären können,
+* Brennweite und Vergrößerung qualitativ (Sek I) und quantitativ (Sek II) erfassen,
+* Strahlenverläufe konstruieren und interpretieren,
+* Funktionsprinzipien optischer Geräte (Lupe, Mikroskop, Teleskop) verstehen,
+* Reale optische Systeme mit Schulbuchmodellen vergleichen,
+* Lichtausbreitung und Bildentstehung in eigenen Worten beschreiben.
+
+Die CoreBox liefert hier einen passenden Werkzeugkasten, um sowohl einen qualitativen wie auch einen quantitativen Zugang zu Optik zu geben. Insbesondere dadurch, dass der Aufbau sich bereits durch Form und Offenheit in der Anmutung deutlich von klassischen Mikroskopen unterscheidet, kann ein vertieftes Interesse für die optischen Prozesse, die im Mikroskop vor sich gehen geweckt und ein tieferes Verständnis vermittelt werden.
+
+### C. Kommunikation
+
+Lernende sollen:
+
+* optische Aufbauten zeichnen,
+* Strahlenverläufe beschreiben,
+* Fachbegriffe korrekt nutzen (Brennebene, Vergrößerung, Zwischenbild),
+* Messergebnisse und Beobachtungen dokumentieren,
+* Lösungen im Team abstimmen, Ergebnisse präsentieren.
+
+Die CoreBox sollte grundsätzlich in Kleingruppen genutzt werden, womit die Kommunikation im Team bereits beim Aufbau unerlässlich ist. Dies wird im Laufe der Experimente weiter verstärkt. Dazu ermöglicht das offene System ein klareres Verständnis der zu zeichnenden Aufbauten und Strahlenverläufe.
+
+### D. Bewertung
+
+Lernende sollen:
+
+* Nutzen und Grenzen optischer Geräte beurteilen,
+* Fehlerquellen analysieren,
+* Die Rolle von Optik in Alltag und Technik diskutieren (Kameras, Mikroskope,..),
+* Entscheidungen über experimentelle Vorgehen begründen können.
+
+Auch hier hilft der selbstständige Aufbau, insbesondere die Prinzipien und damit auch ihre Grenzen zu verstehen, sowie die Entscheidungen zu experimentellen Vorgehen zu begründen.
+
+## 2.2 Lernvoraussetzungen der Schüler\*innen {#2.2-lernvoraussetzungen-der-schüler*innen}
+
+Die CoreBox knüpft an folgende Vorkenntnisse an:
+
+### Zwingend nötig (Basics aus Klasse 5-6)
+
+* Licht breitet sich geradlinig aus
+* Helle vs. dunkle Flächen, Schattenbildung
+* Beobachtungen beschreiben können
+* Grundlegende Arbeitstechniken im Experimentieren
+
+### Hilfreich, aber nicht zwingend:
+
+* Erste Erfahrungen mit Lupen, Teleskopen oder Mikroskopen
+* Kenntnis einfacher Fachbegriffe (Strahl, Objekt, Bild,...)
+* Basisverständnis von Maßzahlen (mm, cm)
+
+### Nicht nötig:
+
+* Linsengleichungen
+* mathematische Modellierung
+* Fachwissen über optische Systeme
+
+Ziel ist es, die CoreBox auch in heterogenen Gruppen problemlos einsetzbar zu machen.
+
+## 2.3 Didaktische Leitprinzipien {#2.3-didaktische-leitprinzipien}
+
+Das wichtigste Leitprinzip unserer CoreBox ist, dass Lernende die Optik verstehen, in dem sie selbst damit experimentieren können und all die Dinge sehen, anfassen und ausprobieren können, die in einem normalen Mikroskop nicht sichtbar sind. Unser Weg, dies umzusetzen, ist, **Optik modular zu machen**. Diese Modularität ist die Grundlage dafür, dass Variationen direkt sichtbar sind und Hypothesen- und Problemlösungskompetenz sowie Neugier gefördert werden.
+
+Im Detail basiert das Konzept auf 5 zentralen Prinzipien:
+
+### 1\. Lernen durch Konstruktion
+
+Optische Geräte werden nicht nur benutzt, sondern gebaut. So konstruieren die Lernenden Strahlenwege und Funktionsweisen selbst.
+
+### 2\. Variation als Lernmotor
+
+Durch die Modularität der CoreBox können verschiedenste Setups und Variationen gebaut werden. Bereits kleine Änderungen wie Abstände oder Nutzung unterschiedlicher Linsen führen zu direkt sichtbaren Effekten. Diese Variation ist ein zentrales didaktisches Element. Sie erzeugt Neugier, macht Zusammenhänge tatsächlich erfahrbar und fördert Hypothesenbildung und Fehleranalyse.
+
+### 3\. Fehlersensitives Lernen
+
+Auch wenn der Aufbau so gestaltet ist, dass verschiedene Setups schnell und einfach gebaut werden können, kann trotzdem etwas “schiefgehen” \- und das ist gut so. Es bereitet Lernende darauf vor, mit Problemen und Fehlern umzugehen, wie sie auch in ihrem späteren Leben an der Tagesordnung stehen werden. Beispiele für solche Fehler im Setup sind:
+
+* Wenn etwas unscharf ist, gibt es eine Ursache, die es zu finden gilt
+* Wenn das Bild auf dem Kopf steht, gibt es einen Grund dafür im Lichtweg
+
+Fehler werden produktiv genutzt, für fortgeschrittene Lernende können auch bewusst Schwierigkeiten oder unerwartete Ergebnisse (wie bspw. ein auf dem Kopf stehendes Bild) erzeugt werden, um ihre Problemlösungs- und Hypothesenbildungskompetenz zu fördern.
+
+### 4\. Kompetenzorientierung
+
+Alle Lernmodule fördern mehrere Kompetenzen parallel:
+
+* Fachkompetenz durch Strahlenoptik
+* Methodenkompetenz durch Experimentieren
+* Digitalkompetenz durch Einbeziehung von Tablets und (optional) Software/Programmierung
+* Sozialkompetenz durch Gruppenarbeit
+
+### 5\. Alltags- und Technikorientierung
+
+Die CoreBox ist grundsätzlich so gestaltet, dass sie Lernende auf das vorbereitet, was sie später im Berufsleben oder Alltag erwartet \- in der Optik, aber auch außerhalb. Beispiele sind:
+
+* Sie lernen, wo überall Optik wesentlich ist (Biologie, Physik, aber auch bspw. der Bau von Chips). Es wird beispielsweise aufgezeigt, dass auch ihr Smartphone nicht existieren würde, ohne dass optische Forschung betrieben wurde.
+* Sie arbeiten mit einem digitalen Mikroskop \- wie sie es auch in der Wissenschaft oder Praxis tun würden.
+* Sie lernen, Technik zu hinterfragen und zu verstehen, was “hinter dem Vorhang” passiert.
+
+## 2.4 Differenzierte Einstiege in die Optik {#2.4-differenzierte-einstiege-in-die-optik}
+
+Unsere CoreBox ermöglicht verschiedene spielerische Einstiege in die Welt der Optik. Möglichkeiten sind bspw.:
+
+* Einstieg über Lupe (alltagsnah & niedrigschwellig)
+* Einstieg über Brennweiten (eher theoretischer Einstieg)
+* Einstieg über Teleskope (“Warum steht das Bild Kopf?”)
+* Einstieg über Mikroskopie auf Tablet (“Wow-Faktor”)
+
+Darüber hinaus empfehlen wir immer, in einer Unterrichtseinheit darauf einzugehen, wo überall Optik im Alltag relevant ist. Wir selbst setzen dies bspw. häufig direkt zu Beginn um, indem wir bspw. ein Smartphone, einen Corona-Test und einen Computerchip herumreichen und fragen, was diese Dinge gemeinsam haben: Sie alle wären ohne optische Forschung nie erfunden worden. Damit kann meistens direkt zu Beginn Aufmerksamkeit gesichert werden und dann das “basteln” beginnen.
+
+## 2.5 Begründung des Methodenmixes {#2.5-begründung-des-methodenmixes}
+
+***Erleben statt nur beobachten.***
+
+Physik und Optik im Besonderen leben von direkten Erfahrungen. Daher wird in den Unterrichtseinheiten ein breiter Methodenmix genutzt, um dieses Erleben bestmöglich zu gestalten und zu nutzen:
+
+* **Demonstration (kurze Impulse):** Phänomen eröffnen
+* **Kontext (alternative):** Phänomen darüber eröffnen, was alles Optik benötigt
+* **Gruppenexperimente:** Selbstkoordination in Kleingruppen
+* **Stationenlernen:** bei heterogenen Lerngruppen evtl. sinnvoll
+* **Modellbildung:** in diesem Fall bspw. Skizzen und Strahlenverläufe
+* **(Digitale) Dokumentation:** Dokumentation der Experimente, evtl. auf Tablet
+* **Reflexion:** Gespräche nach den Experimenten
+
+Dieser Methodenmix ist kompatibel mit modernen Unterrichtsmodellen wie bspw. dem 5E-Modell (Engage, Explore, Explain, Elaborate, Evaluate).
+
+##
+
+## 2.6 Lernumgebung & Organisation {#2.6-lernumgebung-&-organisation}
+
+Der Großteil der benötigten Materialien befindet sich in der CoreBox bzw. dieser Anleitung.
+
+Zusätzlich benötigt wird:
+
+* Tablets der Schüler
+* Batterien für Taschenlampe (3x AAA pro Box)
+* Wenn gewünscht eigene Proben
+
+Im Anhang dieser Anleitung finden sich außerdem Beispiel-Arbeitsblätter & weitere Lernmaterialien.
+
+Für die Umsetzung empfehlen sich Kleingruppen von 2-4 Schüler\*innen pro Box. Zur Vorbereitung müssen lediglich die Boxen und eventuell die weiteren Materialien an die Lernenden verteilt werden. Für einige Experimente (Projektor) ist es hilfreich, wenn der Raum sich abdunkeln lässt.
+
+## 2.7 Fazit didaktische Einordnung {#2.7-fazit-didaktische-einordnung}
+
+Die CoreBox ermöglicht bei der Nutzung im Unterricht:
+
+* ein tiefes Verständnis durch aktive Konstruktion
+* Sichere Kompetenzentwicklung gemäß KMK
+* motivierenden, handlungsorientierten und interaktiven Unterricht
+* einfache Umsetzung mit hoher Fehlertoleranz
+* Anwendbarkeit in verschiedenen Schulformen und Unterrichtsfächern
+
+Zu guter Letzt: Die CoreBox ist so konstruiert, dass das Risiko, dass Lernende etwas “kaputt machen", sehr gering ist. Sollte doch etwas kaputt gehen, erlaubt die Modularität, einzelne Bauteile einfach und kostengünstig zu ersetzen.
+
+Damit bietet die CoreBox einen Optikbaukasten inklusive eines vollwertigen, modernen und digitalen Mikroskops, das fächerübergreifend nutzbar ist und weit über klassische Versuche hinausgeht.
+
+# 3\. Sachinformationen & Arbeiten mit der CoreBox {#3.-sachinformationen-&-arbeiten-mit-der-corebox}
+
+Die CoreBox basiert auf einem modularen optischen System, das so gestaltet ist, dass Lehrkräfte und Schüler\*innen ohne Vorerfahrung optische Geräte **bauen, verändern, analysieren und verstehen** können.
+
+Im Unterschied zu klassischen Experimentierkästen ist die CoreBox darauf ausgelegt, dass die Bauteile nicht nur präzise, sondern auch stabil, schnell (und auch extern) kombinierbar sowie fehlertolerant sind.
+
+## 3.1 Grundprinzip der CoreBox {#3.1-grundprinzip-der-corebox}
+
+Das optische System besteht aus **Würfeln**, **Linsenmodulen**, **Verbindungselementen** und **Justageflächen**, die sich wie Bausteine kombinieren lassen. Jeder Würfel kann:
+
+* ein optisches Element (Linse, Spiegel, Objektiv,..)
+* eine Lichtquelle,
+* einen Probenhalter
+* oder digitale Komponenten (z. B. Smartphonehalterung) aufnehmen.
+
+Das macht die CoreBox vergleichbar mit einem **optischen LEGO-System**: Bauteile können in beliebiger Reihenfolge kombiniert werden, ohne zusätzliche Werkzeuge.
+
+## 3.2 Komponenten der CoreBox {#3.2-komponenten-der-corebox}
+
+Die CoreBox enthält grundlegende optische Komponenten, mit denen Schüler optische Systeme selbst zusammenbauen können. Diese sind:
+
+### Würfelmodule
+
+* 2x 45°-Spiegel (feststehend, Frontfläche)
+* 2x 50-mm-Linse
+* 1x 100-mm-Linse
+* 1x \-50-mm-Linse
+* 1x Okular
+* 1x universelle Smartphone-Halterung
+* 1x Probenhalterung
+* 1x Z-Stage (25 mm Verfahrweg)
+
+### Zusätzliches Zubehör
+
+* 10x Puzzle-Grundplatten
+* 2x Biologische Probe in 1x Probenbox
+* 1x Objektiv (4x, NA \= 0,1, endlich)
+* 1x Taschenlampe mit Halterung
+* Linsenreinigungstuch
+* QR-Code (für Dokumentation und Tutorials)
+
+*![][image1]*
+
+*Inhalt der CoreBox*
+
+## 3.3 So arbeitet man mit der CoreBox {#3.3-so-arbeitet-man-mit-der-corebox}
+
+### 1\. Der Würfel
+
+Das Kernelement des UC2-Projekts ist ein einfacher Würfel. Der Würfel besteht aus zwei Hälften und beherbergt einen schiebbaren Einsatz. Der Einsatz kann verschiedene optische Komponenten aufnehmen (z.B. Linsen, Spiegel), was bedeutet, dass mit jedem Würfel unterschiedliche Funktionen implementiert werden können.
+
+![][image2]
+
+### 2\. Umbau der Würfel
+
+Die Würfelhälften können auseinandergenommen werden, so kann zum einen die ganze Funktion des Würfels geändert werden, indem die optischen Komponenten vollständig ausgetauscht werden können. Zum anderen kann aber auch nur die Orientierung der optischen Komponente geändert werden. Dies gilt für alle Würfel der Corebox.
+
+![][image3]
+*Würfel auseinander- und zusammenbauen*
+
+### 3\. Verbinden der Würfel
+
+Die einzelnen Würfel werden mittels der Grundplatte / Puzzleteile verbunden, sodass stabile optische Aufbauten (optical Setups \= OST) entstehen. Die Puzzleteile können als vertikale Verbindung genutzt werden, jedoch ist eine horizontale Verbindung vorteilhafter, da die einzelnen Würfel hierbei sowohl an der Unter- als auch der Oberseite der Würfel befestigt werden, was zu einer besseren Justage führt.
+
+![][image4]
+
+![][image5]![][image6]
+
+*Horizontale Verbindung Vertikale Verbindung*
+
+## 3.4 Grundprinzipien optischer Systeme in der CoreBox {#3.4-grundprinzipien-optischer-systeme-in-der-corebox}
+
+Die Optik in der CoreBox basiert auf einigen Grundprinzipien:
+
+1. **Licht breitet sich geradlinig aus**
+ Alle Aufbauten basieren auf diesem Grundprinzip.
+
+2. **Linsen verändern Lichtwege**
+ Sammellinsen bündeln das Licht, Zerstreuungslinsen streuen es.
+
+3. **Abstände bestimmen Bildschärfe und Vergrößerung**
+ Variation dieser Größen durch Lernende ist ausdrücklich erwünscht.
+
+4. **Optische Achse als Leitlinie**
+ Ausrichtungsfehler erzeugen sichtbare Effekte.
+
+5. **Ein optisches Gerät \= mehrere Module gekoppelt**
+ Eine Lupe besteht aus einer Linse, ein Projektor ist eine Lichtquelle kombiniert mit einer Linse, usw.
+
+## 3.5 Arbeiten im Unterricht mit der CoreBox {#3.5-arbeiten-im-unterricht-mit-der-corebox}
+
+Was Lehrkräfte und Schüler\*innen zur Arbeit mit der CoreBox wissen sollten.
+
+### 1\. Lehrkräfte: Vorbereitung & Nachbereitung der Box
+
+Zur Vorbereitung sollte die Vollständigkeit der Box geprüft werden. Eine vollständige Box sollte die oben genannten Teile beinhalten und aussehen wie folgt:
+![][image7]
+*Gepackte CoreBox*
+Darüber hinaus sollte gecheckt werden:
+
+- [ ] **Taschenlampe**: Batterien vorhanden und geladen?
+- [ ] **Proben:** 3 Proben in Probenbox vorhanden? Eventuell eigene Proben vorbereitet?
+- [ ] **Tablet:** Sind alle Tablets geladen und funktionieren die Kameras?
+
+Zum Abschluss der Unterrichtseinheit sollte geprüft werden, ob jede Box wie oben bebildert vollständig wieder gepackt wurde.
+
+### 2\. Typische Arbeit von Lernenden in Gruppen mit der CoreBox
+
+Sinnvoll ist bspw. eine Aufteilung von 3 Schüler\*innen auf eine Box. So kann bspw. ein Lernender den Aufbau anleiten, einer diesen durchführen und ein dritter Lernender dokumentiert die Beobachtungen. Diese Rollen können im Laufe der Unterrichtseinheit rotiert werden.
+
+##
+
+## 3.6 Sicherheit, Robustheit, Nachhaltigkeit {#3.6-sicherheit,-robustheit,-nachhaltigkeit}
+
+Die CoreBox ist grundsätzlich für die Arbeit mit Schüler\*innen konstruiert worden. Aus Sicherheits-Gesichtspunkten bedeutet dies:
+
+* Es sind **keine Laser** enthalten
+* Es sind **keine Wärmequellen** enthalten
+
+Darüber hinaus sind sie so konstruiert, dass sie relativ viel “Fehlbedienung” oder Gewalt aushalten, bevor etwas kaputt geht. Sollte doch etwas kaputt gehen, können die entsprechenden Einzelteile durch die modulare Bauweise einfach und kostengünstig ausgetauscht oder repariert werden. So sichern wir auch Nachhaltigkeitsaspekte ab, indem Systeme repariert werden können, anstatt ein komplettes System bei Defekt ersetzen zu müssen.
+
+##
+
+## 3.7 Pflege & Aufbewahrung {#3.7-pflege-&-aufbewahrung}
+
+Die CoreBox ist grundsätzlich pflegeleicht konzipiert, einige Hinweise helfen aber, die Langlebigkeit zu erhöhen:
+
+* Linsen bei Beschmutzung mit beigelegten Mikrofasertuch reinigen
+* Bauteile nur trocken lagern (falls etwas nass geworden ist)
+
+# 4\. Experimente mit der CoreBox {#4.-experimente-mit-der-corebox}
+
+Mit der CoreBox sind 8 verschiedene Experimente möglich. Diese unterteilen sich in die Bereiche **Optik & Mikroskopie**.
+
+**Anmerkung:**
+Ob es didaktisch sinnvoller ist, mit den Brennweiten verschiedener Linsen oder mit der Lupe zu beginnen, muss die Lehrperson selbst festlegen.
+
+##
+
+## Experiment 1: Optik \- Lupe {#experiment-1:-optik---lupe}
+
+Das erste Experiment ist eine einfache Lupe.
+
+### Lernziel:
+
+Das Lernziel ist es, Interesse dafür zu wecken, wie Linsen und Brennweiten funktionieren. Dazu wird ein grundsätzliches Verständnis für Sammellinsen vermittelt. Die Details zu Brennweiten folgen im zweiten Experiment.
+
+### Notwendige Bauteile:
+
+- [ ] Würfel mit 50mm Linse
+- [ ] Kleiner gedruckter Text (hier angehängt)
+- [ ] Die Brennweite der Linse findet sich als aufgedruckte Zahl am Linsenhalter.
+
+### Aufbau:
+
+![][image8]
+*Aufbau der Lupe*
+
+Hier muss noch gar nichts gebaut werden. Es wird einfach die 50mm Linse genommen und mit dieser der folgende Text betrachtet.
+![][image9]
+*Beispieltext zur Lupe*
+
+### Durchführung:
+
+* Der Abstand zwischen Linse und Objekt wird zunächst relativ groß gewählt.
+* Der Abstand wird schrittweise verringert.
+* Die Bildwirkung wird bei unterschiedlichen Abständen betrachtet.
+
+### Beobachtung:
+
+* Das Objekt erscheint aufrecht und vergrößert, solange es sich innerhalb der Brennweite der Linse befindet.
+* Mit abnehmendem Abstand zwischen Linse und Objekt nimmt die Vergrößerung zu.
+* Bei falscher Zentrierung wird das Bild unscharf oder verzerrt.
+* Überschreitet der Objektabstand die Brennweite, verschwindet der Lupeneffekt.
+
+### Erklärung:
+
+Bei Sammellinsen hängen Bild und Vergrößerung von der Position des Objekts ab.
+![][image10]
+*Strahlengang Sammellinsen*
+
+* **Bildweite (b)**
+ Abstand zwischen Linsenebene und von Linse erzeugtem Bild.
+
+* **Gegenstandsweite (g)**
+ Abstand zwischen Objekt und Linsenebene.
+
+Der Abstand zwischen Objekt und Linse entscheidet darüber, wie groß das Bild ist:
+
+* Abstand \> doppelte Brennweite → verkleinertes Bild
+* Abstand \= doppelte Brennweite → gleich großes Bild
+* Abstand \> Brennweite aber \< doppelte Brennweite → vergrößertes Bild
+
+In diesen Fällen entsteht ein *umgekehrtes, seitlich getauschtes, reales* Bild. Für den Lupeneffekt macht man sich ein *virtuelles* Bild zu Nutze.
+
+**Der Lupeneffekt**
+Bei der Lupe ist der Abstand zwischen Objekt und Linse ***\<*** **der Brennweite** der Linse. Dadurch entsteht ein Bild welches:
+
+* *aufrecht*
+* *richtig herum*
+* *vergrößert*
+* *und virtuell*
+
+ist.
+![][image11]
+*Lupeneffekt*
+
+Die Lupe ist das einfachste aller optischen Geräte, da sie nur aus einer einfachen Sammellinse mit geeigneter Brennweite besteht.
+
+Warum vergrößert die Linse mit f’= 50 𝑚𝑚 den kleinen Text? Wenn das Objekt vor der Brennweite der Linse liegt – also weniger als 50 𝑚𝑚 vor der Linse – erzeugt die Linse ein virtuelles Bild, das hinter dem eigentlichen Objekt liegt. Das Auge nimmt es vergrößert wahr. Die Vergrößerung der Lupe kann mit folgender Formel berechnet werden:
+![][image12]
+250 𝑚𝑚 ist der Abstand der klaren Sehweite – d. h. der Abstand zwischen dem Objekt und dem Auge, bei dem die meisten Menschen gut lesen können. Die Vergrößerung wird also **mit einem „bloßen Auge bei 250 mm verglichen**. Mehr dazu später bei der „Akkommodation“ des Auges.
+
+## Experiment 2: Optik \- Linsen {#experiment-2:-optik---linsen}
+
+### Lernziel:
+
+Grundsätzliches Verständnis dafür schaffen, wie Linsen funktionieren und welchen Einfluss positive und negative Brennweiten haben.
+
+### Notwendige Bauteile
+
+- [ ] Würfel mit 50mm Linse
+- [ ] Würfel mit 100mm Linse
+- [ ] Würfel mit \-50mm Linse
+- [ ] Grafik aus dieser Anleitung
+
+Die Brennweite der Linse findet sich als aufgedruckte Zahl am Linsenhalter.
+
+### Aufbau:
+
+Erneut muss noch nichts im klassischen Sinne aufgebaut werden. Es werden lediglich die drei Linsen in den Würfeln benötigt.
+
+### Durchführung:
+
+![][image13]
+
+* Objekte werden durch die Sammellinsen (+50mm/+100mm) betrachtet.
+* Der Abstand zwischen Objekt und Linse wird variiert.
+* Anschließend wird mit der Zerstreuungslinse (-50mm) betrachtet.
+* Auch hier wird der Objektabstand variiert.
+* Die Bildwirkungen beider Linsen werden miteinander verglichen.
+
+### Beobachtung:
+
+* Die Sammellinse erzeugt unter geeigneten Bedingungen ein vergrößertes Bild.
+* Die Zerstreuungslinse erzeugt kein vergrößertes reelles Bild.
+* Bei der Zerstreuungslinse erscheint das Objekt verkleinert und weiter entfernt.
+* Trotz gleichen Aufbaus unterscheiden sich die Bildwirkungen deutlich.
+
+### Erklärung:
+
+In der Strahlenoptik wird Licht als Bündel von Strahlen (Pfeilen) dargestellt, was die physikalischen Eigenschaften des Lichts vereinfacht. Ein Strahl hat eine Richtung und wird daher mit einem Pfeil gezeichnet. Eine Linse „bricht“ den Strahl und ändert dessen Richtung.
+
+Die **Brennweite** einer Linse entspricht der Entfernung von der Linse zur Brennebene, auf der der Brennpunkt liegt. Sie wird in Millimetern angegeben (f \= mm). Es gibt Sammellinsen (positiv) und Zerstreuungslinsen (negativ).
+![][image14]
+Sammellinsen brechen die Lichtstrahlen, die parallel zur optischen Achse verlaufen, in einem Punkt hinter der Linse, der realer Brennpunkt genannt wird. Zerstreuungslinsen brechen die Lichtstrahlen, die parallel zur optischen Achse verlaufen, so, als ob sie von einem Punkt vor der Linse, dem virtuellen Brennpunkt, ausgingen.
+
+**Linsen “brechen” die Lichtstrahlen**
+Die Sammellinse wird auch positive oder konvexe Linse genannt. Der mittlere Teil der Linse ist immer dicker als der Rand. Die Sammellinse vergrößert das Bild. Die Vergrößerung unterscheidet sich zwischen der 50mm Linse und der 100mm Linse. Das Bild kann aufrecht oder invertiert sein.
+
+Die Streulinse wird auch negative oder konkave Linse genannt. Der mittlere Teil der Linse ist immer dünner als der Rand. Mit der negativen Linse (hier: \-50 mm Linse) wird das Bild immer verkleinert und immer aufrecht dargestellt.
+
+Wir gehen davon aus, dass unsere Linsen sogenannte „dünne Linsen“ sind. Das bedeutet, dass wir sie als eine Ebene betrachten können und uns nicht um ihre Dicke kümmern müssen. Das macht Erklärungen und Berechnungen viel einfacher.
+
+**Bild eines Objekts durch eine positive Linse**
+
+![][image15]
+Nehmen wir die Sammellinse als Beispiel. Wir starten mit einem Objekt (**grüner Pfeil**) und sehen, was mit den Strahlen passiert, die von der Spitze ausgehen. Es gibt unendlich viele Strahlen in alle Richtungen, aber für die Zeichnung der Figur reichen die folgenden drei Strahlen aus:
+
+1. **Zentralstrahl**
+ Der Zentralstrahl (orange) passiert ungestört das Zentrum der Linse.
+
+2. **Fokusstrahl**
+ Der Fokusstrahl (gelb) startet ebenfalls von der Spitze des Pfeils, geht aber durch den objektseitigen Fokus bei Brennweite f. Nach der Linse geht er in gleicher Höhe, aber jetzt parallel zur optischen Achse weiter.
+
+3. **Parallelstrahl**
+ Der Parallelstrahl (rot) verläuft zunächst parallel zur optischen Achse, wird dann aber an der Linse so gebrochen, dass er durch den bildseitigen Brennpunkt bei Brennweite f verläuft.
+
+Das Bild entsteht dort, wo sich alle Strahlen schneiden. Dieses Prinzip wird für alle Punkte oder die von ihnen ausgehenden Strahlen eines Objekts verwendet. Je nach verwendeter Linse und Position des Objekts ändern sich die Eigenschaften des Bildes, wie Größe, Orientierung und Position.
+
+**Bild eines Objekts durch eine negative Linse**
+Im Fall der negativen Linse verwenden wir dieselbe Methode, um den Strahlengang abzubilden.
+Anders als bei der Sammellinse ist das Bild immer verkleinert und virtuell. Die Vergrößerung hängt von der Position des Objekts vor der Linse ab. Anders als bei der Sammellinse wird das Bild auf der Objektseite erzeugt und daher als virtuelles Bild bezeichnet. Sie können es direkt mit Ihren Augen sehen, aber nicht auf einen Bildschirm projizieren.
+![][image16]
+
+Die Art, wie eine Linse ein Bild erzeugt, ist vorhersehbar, wenn man die Brennweite dieser Linse kennt. Daher muss ein bestimmter Abstand eingehalten werden, damit Sie die Schrift mit der angegebenen Linse auf dem vorherigen Blatt sehen können.
+
+Die Vergrößerung und der Ort, an dem das Bild entsteht, hängen von der Brennweite der Linse und dem Abstand zwischen Linse und Objekt ab. Mit der Zerstreuungslinse (f \= \-50 mm) sehen Sie immer ein verkleinertes virtuelles Bild. Ein virtuelles Bild kann nur mit dem Auge betrachtet werden.
+
+## Experiment 3: Optik \- Der Projektor {#experiment-3:-optik---der-projektor}
+
+### Lernziel:
+
+Hier möchten wir einen ersten “Aha-Moment” kreieren: Die Lernenden können die Vergrößerung der Probe als Schattenbild an die Wand werfen. So erhalten sie ein anschauliches Verständnis von Strahlengängen.
+Darüber hinaus lernen sie durch Veränderung der Position des gesamten Aufbaus sowie Vor- oder Zurückschieben der Linse oder Probe innerhalb der Würfel, welche Faktoren einen Einfluss auf das entstehende (Schatten-)Bild entwickeln.
+
+### Notwendige Bauteile:
+
+- [ ] Probenhalter mit Probe
+- [ ] Würfel mit 50mm Linse
+- [ ] Taschenlampenhalter
+- [ ] Taschenlampe
+- [ ] 4x Puzzle Teil
+
+### Aufbau:
+
+![][image17]
+
+* Zunächst werden zwei Puzzleteile zusammengesteckt
+* Auf eines der Puzzleteile wird der Probenhalter inkl. Probe gesetzt
+* Auf das andere Puzzleteil wird die 50mm Linse gesetzt
+* Nun werden zwei weitere Puzzleteile oben auf die Würfel gesetzt, um die Stabilität zu erhöhen
+* Die Würfel werden so ausgerichtet, dass die Linse auf eine Wand o.ä. zeigt, die als Projektionsfläche genutzt wird
+
+### —
+
+### Durchführung:
+
+Nachdem die Würfel ausgerichtet wurden, beginnt das Experiment damit, die Taschenlampe zu nutzen.
+
+* Nun die Taschenlampe in den Taschenlampenhalter einsetzen
+* Diesen so auf der Oberfläche platzieren, dass die Taschenlampe von Seite des Würfels mit der Probe durch den Aufbau scheint
+* Nun entsteht ein Schatten-(Bild) der Probe auf der Projektionsfläche
+
+Dieses Bild kann nun über 3 Faktoren verändert werden:
+
+* Position des Aufbaus zur Projektionsfläche
+* Position des Probenhalters im Würfel
+* Position der Linse im Würfel
+
+Für ein scharfes Bild sollten grob folgende Entfernungen eingestellt werden:
+
+* Abstand zwischen Probe & Linse: ca. 50 mm
+* Abstand zwischen Probe & Projektionsfläche: ca. 200 mm
+
+### Beobachtung:
+
+* Auf der Projektionsfläche entsteht ein reelles Bild des Objekts.
+* Das Bild ist gegenüber dem Objekt auf dem Kopf stehend.
+* Die Bildgröße verändert sich mit dem Abstand zwischen Linse und Projektionsfläche.
+* Nur bei bestimmten Kombinationen der Abstände erscheint das Bild scharf.
+
+### Erklärung:
+
+![][image18] *Entfernung **g** des Gegenstands Entfernung **b** des Bildes*
+
+**Wo ist das Bild?**
+Wenn ein Objekt durch eine Sammellinse abgebildet wird, hängen die Position und Größe des Bildes von der Entfernung (g) des Objekts zur Linse und deren Brennweite (f) ab. Die Linsengleichung beschreibt die Beziehung zwischen Bildweite (b) und Objektabstand (g):
+![][image19]
+**Wie groß ist das Bild?**
+Die Vergrößerung des Objekts auf der Leinwand kann einfach mit der folgenden Formel berechnet werden:
+![][image20]
+Unsere Linse hat eine Brennweite von f= 40 mm. Damit können wir folgendes berechnen:
+
+* Für g \= 50mm → b \= 200mm
+* Für g \= 60 mm → b \= 120 mm
+* Für g \= 65 mm → b \= 104 mm
+
+Der Projektor erzeugt immer ein vergrößertes, invertiertes (umgekehrtes) Bild. Die Position des Bildes und seine Vergrößerung hängen von der Position und Größe des Objekts ab.
+
+## Experiment 4: Optik \- Galilei-Teleskop {#experiment-4:-optik---galilei-teleskop}
+
+### Lernziel:
+
+Nun arbeiten wir zum ersten Mal damit, Linsen zu kombinieren. Das Ziel ist es, den Lernenden ein Verständnis dafür zu vermitteln, welche optischen Effekte aus dieser Kombination entstehen. Ein Beispiel dafür ist, welchen Effekt die Distanz zwischen den Linsen auf die Bildschärfe hat.
+
+In diesem Experiment bauen wir ein Galilei-Teleskop und zeigen damit auf, wie ein Teleskop dabei hilft, ferne Objekte optisch näher oder größer erscheinen zu lassen.
+
+### Notwendige Bauteile:
+
+- [ ] Würfel mit 100mm Linse
+- [ ] Würfel mit \-50mm Linse
+- [ ] 4x Puzzle Teil
+
+### Aufbau:
+
+* Zunächst werden zwei Puzzleteile zusammengesteckt
+* 100mm Würfel auf eines der Teile setzen
+* \-50mm Würfel auf das zweite Teil setzen
+* Konstruktion durch weitere 2 Puzzleteile von oben stabilisieren
+
+![][image21]
+
+### Durchführung:
+
+Zunächst den Abstand zwischen der negativen und positiven Linse auf maximale Distanz justieren.
+![][image22]
+Nun durch den Würfel mit der **\-50mm Linse** auf ein weit entferntes Objekt blicken. Jetzt kann der Abstand zwischen den beiden Linsen justiert werden, um ein scharfes Bild zu sehen.
+
+### Beobachtung:
+
+* Entfernte Objekte erscheinen vergrößert.
+* Das Bild ist aufrecht.
+* Bei falschem Linsenabstand ist das Bild unscharf oder verzerrt.
+* Der optimale Abstand ist eindeutig erkennbar.
+
+### Erklärung:
+
+Ein Teleskop ist ein optisches Instrument, das entfernte Objekte um ein Vielfaches näher oder größer erscheinen lässt. Die Linse auf der Objektseite wird **Objektiv** genannt.
+![][image23]
+Die Linse, die dem Auge zugewandt ist, heißt **Okular**.
+![][image24]
+Die Formel zur Berechnung der Vergrößerung lautet:
+![][image25]
+Mit diesem Teleskop ist keine sehr hohe Vergrößerung möglich. Es ist jedoch sehr kompakt. Daher wird das Galilei-Teleskop u.a. auch in Operngläsern verwendet.
+Das Bild ist immer
+
+* Vergrößert mit der Vergrößerung aus der obigen Formel
+* Aufrecht
+* Richtungsgetreu
+
+Das Sichtfeld ist klein.
+
+## Exkurs: Einen Würfel auseinander bauen {#exkurs:-einen-würfel-auseinander-bauen}
+
+Wir haben bis jetzt gelernt, wie man Würfel miteinander kombinieren kann. Doch es ist auch möglich, die Würfel selbst auseinanderzubauen. Ein Würfel besteht aus zwei Einzelhälften. Diese können auseinandergezogen werden, so dass ausgetauscht werden kann, was sich in einem Würfel befindet.
+![][image26]
+*Würfel auseinanderbauen*
+
+Es gibt insbesondere zwei Anwendungsfälle, für die ein Würfel auseinander genommen wird. Zum einen kann es notwendig sein, das Innenleben zu drehen \- bspw., wenn Linsen um 90° gedreht werden müssen.
+
+Der andere Fall ist, dass ein **leerer Würfel** benötigt wird \- so wie bei Experiment 5\.
+
+## Experiment 5: Optik \- Kepler Teleskop {#experiment-5:-optik---kepler-teleskop}
+
+### Lernziel:
+
+Hier sollten die Lernenden wieder einen Aha-Moment erleben: Der Aufbau schafft eine höhere Vergrößerung als das Galilei-Teleskop \- aber das Bild “steht Kopf”. Wir finden heraus, warum das so ist.
+
+### Notwendige Bauteile:
+
+- [ ] Würfel mit 100mm Linse
+- [ ] Würfel mit 50mm Linse
+- [ ] 8x Puzzle Teil
+- [ ] 2x leerer Würfel
+
+### Aufbau:
+
+* Zunächst werden 4 Puzzleteile in Reihe zusammengesteckt
+* Dann werden die Linsenwürfel jeweils an den Enden aufgesetzt
+* Die 2 leeren Würfel auf den beiden mittleren Puzzleteilen platzieren. Diese helfen, das Teleskop zu stabilisieren.
+* Aufbau mit den verbleibenden 4 Teilen von oben weiter stabilisieren
+
+![][image27]
+
+### Durchführung:
+
+Das Teleskop in die Hand nehmen und auf ein entferntes Objekt schauen. Dabei die Linsen so verschieben, dass das Bild scharf wird. Nun sollten die Lernenden feststellen, dass das Bild “auf dem Kopf steht”.
+
+### Beobachtung:
+
+* Entfernte Objekte erscheinen deutlich vergrößert.
+* Das Bild ist im Vergleich zum Objekt auf dem Kopf stehend.
+* Die Vergrößerung ist stärker als beim Galilei-Teleskop.
+* Der Aufbau reagiert empfindlicher auf Abstandsänderungen.
+
+### Erklärung:
+
+Während das Galilei-Teleskop aus einer Sammellinse (positive Brennweite) im Objektiv und einer Zerstreuungslinse (negative Brennweite) im Okular besteht, besteht das Kepler-Teleskop aus zwei Sammellinsen. Das Objektiv erzeugt ein reelles, umgekehrtes Bild. Das Okular vergrößert dieses Bild nur – es dreht es nicht wieder zurück.
+![][image28]
+
+**Im Detail:**
+
+1. Objektiv \= Sammellinse
+ Das Objektiv sammelt die (nahezu) parallelen Lichtstrahlen eines weit entfernten Objekts (z. B. Stern) und bildet sie in der Brennebene ab.
+
+ Dabei entsteht ein reelles Bild, das auf dem Kopf steht (oben ↔ unten, links ↔ rechts).
+
+2. Warum steht dieses Bild auf dem Kopf?
+ Lichtstrahlen von der oberen Objektkante treffen unterhalb der optischen Achse zusammen – und umgekehrt. Das ist eine grundlegende Eigenschaft von Sammellinsen.
+
+3. Okular \= Lupe
+ Das Okular betrachtet dieses bereits vorhandene Bild wie eine Lupe. Es vergrößert, aber invertiert nicht erneut.
+
+Die Formel zur Vergrößerung ist bei beiden identisch:
+![][image25]
+Kepler kann im Gegensatz zu Galilei ein reelles Zwischenbild erzeugen. Beim Galilei muss das Okular die Strahlen vor dem Fokus abfangen, was die mögliche Vergrößerung limitiert. Kepler erzeugt ein reelles Zwischenbild, womit diese Limitierung entfällt und eine höhere Vergrößerung möglich wird. Das Bild ist allerdings immer:
+
+* Vergrößert durch die Vergrößerung aus der obigen Formel
+* Umgekehrt
+* Seitlich vertauscht
+
+Kepler Teleskope sind sehr beliebt in der Astronomie \- Bei der Betrachtung von Sternen ist es unerheblich, ob das Bild “auf dem Kopf steht”.
+
+## Experiment 6: Mikroskopie \- Lichtmikroskop mit Unendlich- keitsoptik {#experiment-6:-mikroskopie---lichtmikroskop-mit-unendlich--keitsoptik}
+
+### Lernziel:
+
+Nun sehen die Lernenden zum ersten Mal, wie ein Mikroskop aufgebaut ist und wie es funktioniert. Sie erkennen auch, wie wichtig in diesem Aufbau die korrekten Abstände zwischen den Linsen sind und dass man nur dann etwas sieht, wenn die Blickrichtung ganz genau ausgerichtet ist.
+
+### Notwendige Bauteile:
+
+- [ ] Würfel mit 100mm Linse
+- [ ] Würfel mit 50mm Linse
+- [ ] Würfel mit 50mm Linse (um 90° gedreht)
+- [ ] 10x Puzzle Teil
+- [ ] 1x 45°-Spiegel
+- [ ] 2x leere Würfel
+- [ ] Probenhalter mit Probe
+- [ ] Taschenlampe
+
+### Aufbau:
+
+* Zunächst werden 5 Puzzleteile in Reihe zusammengesteckt
+* ganz vorne wird der Probenhalter mit der Probe aufgesetzt. Darauf achten, dass die Probe mittig im Probenhalter platziert wird.
+* Dahinter werden zwei Linsenwürfel platziert. Zunächst das 50mm Linsenmodul und anschließend das 100mm Linsenmodul.
+* Es folgt ein leerer Würfel.
+* Auf dem letzten Platz der Puzzle-Reihe wird ein 45°-Spiegel platziert, wobei die Spiegelfläche nach oben ausgerichtet wird.
+* Aufbau mit fünf weiteren Puzzle Teilen von oben weiter stabilisieren
+* über dem Spiegel kann nun das um 90° gedrehte 50mm Linsenmodul platziert werden.
+* zuletzt wird die Taschenlampe hinter dem Probenhalter platziert
+
+![][image29]
+*Unendlichkeits Mikroskop*
+
+### Durchführung:
+
+Die Taschenlampe einschalten und von oben durch die gedrehte 50mm-Linse (Okular) schauen. Dabei die anderen beiden Linsen (Objektiv und Tubuslinse) so verschieben, dass das Bild scharf wird.
+
+### Beobachtung:
+
+* Die Probe erscheint deutlich vergrößert.
+* Der Aufbau reagiert empfindlich auf Abstandsänderungen, ähnlich wie beim Kepler-Teleskop
+* Das Bild ist umgekehrt und seitenvertauscht
+
+### Erklärung:
+
+Ein Mikroskop ist ein Gerät, das Objekte mit hoher Vergrößerung betrachtet oder abbildet. Dabei besteht es aus einem Objektiv, einer Tubuslinse und einem Okular. Das Bild hinter dem Okular ist umgekehrt, vergrößert und virtuell. Das virtuelle Bild kann mit dem Auge gesehen werden.
+
+![][image30]
+
+**Im Detail:**
+Der Strahlengang:
+Das Objekt befindet sich im objektseitigen Brennpunkt des Objektivs. Dadurch werden alle einfallenden Strahlen hinter der Linse in ein **paralleles Strahlenbündel** umgewandelt. Das Objektiv hat eine kurze Brennweite.
+
+Die Tubuslinse erzeugt ein Zwischenbild, indem sie die parallelen Strahlen, die auf sie treffen, erneut in ihrem bildseitigen Brennpunkt fokussiert. Die Tubuslinse hat eine längere Brennweite als das Objektiv. Der gesamte Abstand zwischen den beiden Linsen wird Tubuslänge genannt und ist die Summe beider Brennweiten.
+
+Der Spiegel faltet den optischen Weg, um die Arbeit komfortabler zu gestalten. Der Spiegel beeinflusst nicht die Vergrößerung, dreht aber das Bild in eine Richtung.
+
+Das Okular vergrößert das Zwischenbild anschließend erneut und wandelt die einfallenden Strahlen hinter der Linse erneut in ein paralleles Strahlenbündel um.
+
+Das Bild hinter dem Okular ist umgekehrt, vergrößert und virtuell. Das virtuelle Bild kann mit dem Auge gesehen werden.
+
+Wie groß ist die Gesamtvergrößerung?
+
+Der erste Teil des Mikroskops gleicht einem umgedrehten Kepler-Teleskop, daher werden zur Berechnung der Vergrößerung die beiden Brennweiten in Zähler und Nenner getauscht:
+
+VObjektiv \= fTubuslinsefObjektiv
+
+Anschließend folgt das Okular, das das zuvor entstandene Zwischenbild erneut vergrößert.
+Die Vergrößerungsformel ist hier die einer Lupe:
+
+VOkular \= 250 mmfOkular
+
+Die Gesamtvergrößerung ergibt sich aus dem Produkt der Objektiv- und Okularvergrößerung:
+
+Vges \= fTubuslinsefObjektiv250 mmfOkular
+
+Warum heißt es „Unendlich-Optik“?:
+
+Weil der Abstand zwischen Probe und Objektiv so gewählt ist, dass das Objektiv die Lichtstrahlen nicht fokussiert, sondern nach unendlich abbildet. Die Tubuslinse formt aus den parallelen Strahlen anschließend wieder ein Zwischenbild.
+
+Der Abstand zwischen Objektiv und Tubuslinse ist dabei **nicht wirklich unendlich**.
+Er wird durch die mechanische Bauform des Mikroskops und die verwendeten Brennweiten begrenzt. Optisch ist dieser Abstand aber entkoppelt, weil das Licht zwischen Objektiv und Tubuslinse parallel verläuft. Diese Konfiguration ist sehr nützlich in modernen Mikroskopen, da sie das Einfügen zusätzlicher Komponenten wie Filter zwischen Objektiv und Tubuslinse erlaubt, ohne den optischen Weg zu beeinflussen.
+
+## Experiment 7: Mikroskopie \- Lichtmikroskop mit Endlichkeits- optik {#experiment-7:-mikroskopie---lichtmikroskop-mit-endlichkeits--optik}
+
+### Lernziel:
+
+Die Lernenden können den Abstand zwischen den Linsen mithilfe einer mechanischen Z-Stage gezielt einstellen und beobachten, wie sich dies auf die Abbildung auswirkt.
+
+Die Lernenden verstehen die grundlegenden Funktionsprinzipien von Endlich- und Unendlich-Optiken und können deren praktische Unterschiede beschreiben.
+
+### Notwendige Bauteile:
+
+- [ ] mechanische Z-Stage
+- [ ] 4x-Objektiv
+- [ ] Würfel mit 50mm Linse (um 90° gedreht)
+- [ ] 10x Puzzle Teil
+- [ ] 1x 45°-Spiegel
+- [ ] 2x leere Würfel
+- [ ] Probenhalter mit Probe
+- [ ] Taschenlampe
+
+### Aufbau:
+
+* Zunächst werden 5 Puzzleteile in Reihe zusammengesteckt
+* ganz vorne wird der Probenhalter mit der Probe aufgesetzt. Darauf achten, dass die Probe mittig im Probenhalter platziert wird.
+* Dann folgen drei leere Würfel.
+* Auf dem letzten Platz der Puzzle-Reihe wird ein 45°-Spiegel platziert, wobei die Spiegelfläche nach oben ausgerichtet wird.
+* Um die Z-Stage zu platzieren, muss diese gegebenenfalls um 90° im Würfel rotiert werden.
+* Anschließend wird das 4x-Objektiv in die RMS-Halterung der Z-Stage eingeschraubt.
+ * Die Wahl der richtigen RMS-Halterungen
+ * Die Z-Stage hat zwei RMS-Halterungen, die um 5mm zueinander versetzt sind. Welche Halterung verwendet wird, ist davon abhängig, ob sich zwischen dem Z-Stage Modul und dem anschließenden Modul ein Puzzleteil befindet oder nicht. In diesem Aufbau befindet sich ein Puzzleteil zwischen den beiden Modulen, daher muss die Halterung gewählt werden, die 5mm näher am Rand liegt.
+* Platziere die Z-Stage mit Objektiv wie abgebildet über dem ersten der leeren Würfel. Dafür muss die obere Würfelhälfte zunächst gelöst werden.
+ Anschließend muss ein Puzzleteil auf der oberen Würfelhälfte platziert werden.
+ Nun wird das Objektiv in Richtung der Probe durch die Würfelhälfte gefädelt.
+ Die Z-Stage wird auf dem Puzzleteil fixiert.
+ Jetzt kann die obere Würfelhälfte wieder auf der unteren platziert werden.
+* Nun wird der Aufbau mit vier weiteren Puzzle Teilen von oben weiter stabilisiert
+* über dem Spiegel kann nun das um 90° gedrehte 50mm Linsenmodul platziert werden.
+* zuletzt wird die Taschenlampe hinter dem Probenhalter platziert
+
+![][image31]
+
+###
+
+### Durchführung:
+
+Die Taschenlampe einschalten und von oben durch die gedrehte 50mm-Linse (Okular) schauen. Dabei die anderen beiden Linsen (Objektiv und Tubuslinse) so verschieben, dass das Bild scharf wird.
+
+### Beobachtung:
+
+* Die Vergrößerung ist stärker als beim vorherigen Mikroskop mit der “Unendlich-Optik”
+* Das Sichtfeld ist kleiner als beim vorherigen Mikroskop.
+* Der Aufbau reagiert empfindlich auf Abstandsänderungen, ähnlich wie beim Kepler-Teleskop
+* Das Bild ist umgekehrt und seitenvertauscht
+
+### Erklärung:
+
+Linsen aus älteren oder kleineren Mikroskopen sind meist sogenannte *endliche* Linsen. Sie verhalten sich wie eine Linse mit extrem kurzer Brennweite und erzeugen ein Zwischenbild hinter der Linse in einem Abstand, der durch die Tubuslänge definiert ist. Diese Länge ist auf der Linse aufgedruckt und beträgt bei unserer Linse 160 mm. Dort entsteht ein reelles Zwischenbild, das anschließend durch das Okular vergrößert wird.
+
+![][image32]
+
+Diese Mikroskope können fokussieren, indem entweder das Objekt oder die Linse bewegt wird. Hier wird die Linse über einen einfachen Mechanismus bewegt. Die Drehung des Zahnrads führt zur Verschiebung des Objektivs. Für größere Bewegungen kann das Objekt verschoben werden.
+
+![][image33]
+
+**Im Detail:**
+Wie groß ist die Gesamtvergrößerung?
+Auch bei diesem Mikroskop wird das Bild zweimal vergrößert.
+Die Vergrößerung des Objektivs wird auf der Linse angegeben. In unserem Fall beträgt sie 4\.
+VObjektiv \= 4
+
+Die Vergrößerung des Okulars bleibt gleich:
+VOkular \= 250 mmfOkular
+
+Die Gesamtvergrößerung ergibt sich aus dem Produkt der Objektiv- und Okularvergrößerung:
+Vges \= 4250 mmfOkular
+
+Vergleich zu “Unendlich-Optik”
+![][image34]
+
+1. Das Bild ist größer als beim Mikroskop mit unendlicher Optik. Die Objektivvergrößerung beträgt hier 4\. Während die des vorherigen Mikroskops in unserem Beispiel nur 2 betrug.
+2. Das Zwischenbild wird jetzt nur durch die Linse erzeugt und befindet sich 160 mm hinter ihr.
+
+Aufbau der Objektivlinse
+Eine Linse ist ein optisches System, das ein vergrößertes Bild eines Objekts erzeugt.
+Die verschiedenen Zahlen auf der Linse haben unterschiedliche Bedeutungen:
+![][image35]
+Das verwendete 4x Objektiv ist auch eine Sammellinse mit kurzer Brennweite. Das 4 x Objektiv hat eine Brennweite von f \= 32 mm. Wenn es als Lupe verwendet wird, hat es eine höhere Vergrößerung als die 50mm Linse. Das Sichtfeld ist scharf, aber klein.
+
+Das 4x Objektiv besteht aus nur einer Linse Objektive mit stärkerer Vergrößerung sind ganze Linsensysteme (in der Abbildung sind es z.B. 4 Linsen).
+![][image36]
+
+##
+
+## Experiment 8: Mikroskopie \- Das Smartphone Mikroskop {#experiment-8:-mikroskopie---das-smartphone-mikroskop}
+
+### Lernziel:
+
+Hier möchten wir den finalen Aha-Moment erzielen. Die Lernenden können ihr eigenes Smartphone oder Tablet als Mikroskop benutzen. Sie lernen dabei, wie ein digitales Optik-Setup mit Kamera aufgebaut ist.
+
+### Notwendige Bauteile:
+
+- [ ] Würfel
+ - [ ] 2x Würfel mit 45° Spiegel
+ - [ ] Würfel mit Z-Stage
+ - [ ] Würfel mit Okular
+ - [ ] 3 leere Würfel
+- [ ] 10x Puzzleteile
+- [ ] Smartphone-Halter
+- [ ] Taschenlampen-Halter
+- [ ] Taschenlampe
+- [ ] Objektiv
+
+### Aufbau:
+
+Bevor mit dem eigentlichen Aufbau begonnen wird, muss die z-Stage innerhalb des Würfels um 90° gedreht werden:
+![][image37]
+
+Der weitere Aufbau ist hier grafisch beschrieben:
+![][image38]
+![][image39]
+![][image40]
+
+### Durchführung:
+
+**Teil 1: Probe einsetzen**
+Nun kann eine Probe in den Probenhalter eingesetzt werden. Dafür wird der obere Magnet angehoben, um eine Probe zwischen die Magneten zu schieben. Probe möglichst zentral einsetzen. Dann die Taschenlampe so einschalten, dass sie dauerhaftes Licht gibt. Die Lernenden können nun durch das Okular die Probe betrachten.
+
+**Teil 2: Smartphone einsetzen und fokussieren**
+Anschließend muss nur noch das Smartphone in den Halter eingesetzt werden und die Kamera über dem Okular platziert werden. Dies erfordert etwas Verschieben, bis ein Bild sichtbar ist. Nachdem man das Bild mittels der Z-stage scharf gestellt hat, kann man mit dem Smartphone noch weiter heranzoomen.
+
+**Teil 3:**
+Nun wird das Ramsden-Okular durch die beiden 50mm Linsen ersetzt, wobei beide Linsen zusammen in einen Würfel platziert werden. Die Lernenden sollen nun ermitteln, welche Art von Okular für das Smartphone und welche für das menschliche Auge besser geeignet ist.
+
+### Beobachtung:
+
+* Mit dem Smartphone erhält man eine bessere Vergrößerung als mit dem Auge.
+* Dieser Unterschied wird durch das nachträgliche Heranzoomen noch deutlicher.
+
+### Erklärung:
+
+Smartphone Kamera
+Die Smartphone Kamera hat eine Linse mit sehr kurzer Brennweite, da diese in das dünne Smartphone passen muss. Die Linse erzeugt dann ein Bild auf dem Kamera-Sensor, dessen Eigenschaften dem menschlichen Auge ähneln.
+
+Das Auge kann die Objekte sowohl aus der Ferne als auch aus der Nähe abbilden. Diese Eigenschaft heißt Akkomodation.
+![][image41]
+
+Auch das Smartphone kann das – es nennt sich hier Autofokus. Das bedeutet, dass Objekte in unterschiedlichen Entfernungen scharf auf den Sensor abgebildet werden können.
+
+![][image42]
+
+Das Bild aus dem Okular besteht aus parallelen Lichtstrahlen – so, als käme es aus dem Unendlichen. Du beobachtest mit entspanntem Auge (wie beim Blick in die Ferne) oder mit einer Kamera, die auf Unendlich fokussiert ist.
+
+Ramsden \- Okular
+Ein Okular ist eigentlich eine Lupe, da es das Zwischenbild vergrößert. Das Okular, was wir hier verwenden, ist ein sogenanntes Ramsden-Okular.
+Eine einzelne Linse kann auch als Okular benutzt werden. Allerdings ist bei dem, aus einem Linsensystem bestehenden, Ramsden- Okular das Sichtfeld besser, weil es weniger Fehler am Rand des Sichtfeldes erzeugt. Das Ramsden-Okular besteht aus zwei Linsen mit der gleichen Brennweite. Seine Brennweite beträgt:
+
+fRamsden-Okular= 3/4fLinse
+
+Das Sichtfeld ist größer und das Bild sieht mit dem Ramsden-Okular klarer aus.
+
+#
+
+# 5\. Unterrichtsstunden {#5.-unterrichtsstunden}
+
+## Stunde 1 \- Einstieg in die Optik: Die Lupe {#stunde-1---einstieg-in-die-optik:-die-lupe}
+
+### Ziel der Stunde
+
+Einführung in das Strahlenmodell des Lichts und erste Erfahrungen mit der Wirkung von Sammellinsen.
+
+### Vorbereitung der Stunde
+
+- [ ] CoreBoxen auf Vollständigkeit prüfen
+- [ ] Benötigtes Experiment: **E1 – Lupe**
+- [ ] Sammellinsen (z. B. 50 mm) bereitlegen
+- [ ] Objekte mit feiner Struktur vorbereiten (Schrift, Raster, Papier)
+- [ ] Gruppenbildung: 2–3 Schüler\*innen pro Box
+- [ ] Tafel/Beamer für einfache Skizzen verfügbar
+
+### Kompetenzen
+
+* Lichtausbreitung qualitativ beschreiben
+* Vergrößerung als optischen Effekt erkennen
+* Beobachtungen strukturiert festhalten
+
+### Zentrale Experimente
+
+Experiment 1: Lupe
+
+### Stundenverlauf
+
+* Einstieg: Alltagsbeispiele von Lupen und Vergrößerung
+* Experimentelle Phase: Aufbau und Variation der Lupe
+* Sicherung: Zusammenfassung der Beobachtungen (aufrecht, vergrößert, Abstand entscheidend)
+
+### Ergebnis der Stunde
+
+Vergrößerung entsteht durch geeignete Anordnung von Objekt und Sammellinse.
+
+## Stunde 2 \- Sammel- und Zerstreuungslinsen {#stunde-2---sammel--und-zerstreuungslinsen}
+
+### Ziel der Stunde
+
+Unterscheidung der Wirkung verschiedener Linsentypen.
+
+### Vorbereitung der Stunde
+
+- [ ] CoreBoxen vollständig
+- [ ] Benötigtes Experiment: E2 – Sammel- vs. Zerstreuungslinse
+- [ ] Sammel- und Zerstreuungslinsen bereitlegen
+- [ ] Identische Beobachtungsobjekte für alle Gruppen
+- [ ] Gruppenbildung wie in Stunde 1
+- [ ] Möglichkeit zur Ergebnissicherung (Tafel / Plakat)
+
+### Kompetenzen
+
+* Optische Bauteile vergleichen
+* Wirkungen systematisch untersuchen
+* Ergebnisse begründet gegenüberstellen
+
+### Zentrale Experimente
+
+Experiment 2: Sammel- vs. Zerstreuungslinse
+
+### Stundenverlauf
+
+* Wiederholung: Lupe als Sammellinse
+* Experimentelle Phase: Vergleich beider Linsen
+* Sicherung: Gegenüberstellung der Bildwirkungen
+
+### Ergebnis der Stunde
+
+Sammellinsen bündeln Licht, Zerstreuungslinsen streuen Licht und erzeugen keine Vergrößerung.
+
+## Stunde 3 \- Bildentstehung: Der Projektor {#stunde-3---bildentstehung:-der-projektor}
+
+### Ziel der Stunde
+
+Verständnis für reelle Bilder und Bildumkehr.
+
+### Vorbereitung der Stunde
+
+- [ ] CoreBoxen vollständig
+- [ ] Benötigtes Experiment: E3 – Projektor
+- [ ] Lichtquellen (Taschenlampe) prüfen
+- [ ] Projektionsflächen bereitstellen (Wand oder Schirm)
+- [ ] Raum ggf. leicht abdunkelbar
+- [ ] Gruppenbildung festlegen
+
+### Kompetenzen
+
+* Reelle und virtuelle Bilder unterscheiden
+* Zusammenhang zwischen Abständen und Bildgröße erkennen
+* Optische Achse nutzen
+
+### Zentrale Experimente
+
+Experiment 3: Projektor
+
+### Stundenverlauf
+
+* Einstieg: Projektor im Alltag (Beamer, Kino)
+* Experimentelle Phase: Bildprojektion auf Schirm
+* Sicherung: Merkmale reeller Bilder
+
+### Ergebnis der Stunde
+
+Reelle Bilder entstehen nur bei bestimmten Abständen und sind invertiert.
+
+## Stunde 4 \- Vertiefung Bildentstehung & Sicherung {#stunde-4---vertiefung-bildentstehung-&-sicherung}
+
+### Ziel der Stunde
+
+Festigung der Bildentstehung durch Variation und Wiederholung.
+
+### Vorbereitung der Stunde
+
+- [ ] CoreBoxen wie in Stunde 3
+- [ ] Benötigtes Experiment: E3 – Projektor (Vertiefung)
+- [ ] Wiederholung der Aufbauten aus der Vorstunde
+- [ ] Skizzenmaterial oder Tafel für Zusammenfassung
+- [ ] Raum weiterhin abdunkelbar
+
+### Kompetenzen
+
+* Experimente variieren
+* Beobachtungen systematisieren
+* Modelle überprüfen
+
+### Zentrale Experimente
+
+Experiment 3: Projektor (Vertiefung)
+
+### Stundenverlauf
+
+* Wiederholung Kernaussagen
+* Erweiterte Variationen (Abstände, Bildgröße)
+* Sicherung: Zusammenfassung der Bedingungen für scharfe Bilder
+
+### Ergebnis der Stunde
+
+Bildentstehung folgt festen Gesetzmäßigkeiten, die experimentell überprüfbar sind.
+
+## Stunde 5 \- Fernrohre: Galilei & Kepler {#stunde-5---fernrohre:-galilei-&-kepler}
+
+### Ziel der Stunde
+
+Optische Fernrohre als Systeme aus Objektiv und Okular verstehen und die Unterschiede zwischen Galilei- und Kepler-Fernrohr hinsichtlich Bildorientierung, Vergrößerung und Systemaufbau erkennen.
+
+### Vorbereitung der Stunde
+
+- [ ] CoreBoxen auf Vollständigkeit prüfen
+- [ ] Benötigte Experimente: E4 (Galilei) und E5 (Kepler)
+- [ ] Sammellinsen (Objektiv) und Zerstreuungslinsen (Okular Galilei) bereitlegen
+- [ ] Zusätzliche Sammellinse als Okular für Kepler bereitlegen
+- [ ] Geeignete entfernte Beobachtungsobjekte festlegen
+- [ ] Ausreichend Platz für längere optische Aufbauten einplanen
+- [ ] Gruppenbildung: 2–3 Schüler\*innen pro Box
+
+### Kompetenzen
+
+* Optische Geräte als Kombination mehrerer Linsen analysieren
+* Objektiv und Okular funktional unterscheiden
+* Bildorientierung (aufrecht / invertiert) beschreiben und erklären
+* Technische Systeme vergleichen und bewerten
+
+### Zentrale Experimente
+
+Experiment 4: Galilei-Teleskop
+
+Experiment 5: Kepler-Teleskop
+
+### Stundenverlauf
+
+* Einstieg: Fernrohre in Astronomie, Seefahrt und Technik
+* Wiederholung: Rolle von Objektiv und Okular
+* Experimentelle Phase: Aufbau und Justage beider Fernrohre
+* Vergleichsphase: systematischer Vergleich der Bildwirkungen
+* Sicherung: Zusammenführung der Unterschiede im Plenum
+
+### Ergebnis der Stunde
+
+Fernrohre unterscheiden sich nicht nur in ihrer Vergrößerung, sondern vor allem im optischen Aufbau und in der Art der Bildentstehung. Die Wahl des Okulars bestimmt entscheidende Eigenschaften des Gesamtsystems.
+
+## Stunde 6 \- Das klassische (endliche) Mikroskop {#stunde-6---das-klassische-(endliche)-mikroskop}
+
+### Ziel der Stunde
+
+Grundverständnis der Mikroskopie und des Zwischenbildes.
+
+### Vorbereitung der Stunde
+
+- [ ] CoreBoxen vollständig
+- [ ] Benötigtes Experiment: E7 – Endliches Mikroskop
+- [ ] Probenmaterial vorbereiten
+- [ ] Beleuchtungseinheiten prüfen
+- [ ] Stabile Arbeitsflächen bereitstellen
+- [ ] Gruppenbildung festlegen
+
+### Kompetenzen
+
+* Mikroskop als optisches System erklären
+* Zwischenbild identifizieren
+* Vergrößerung als Systemleistung verstehen
+
+### Zentrale Experimente
+
+Experiment 7: Endliches Mikroskop
+
+### Stundenverlauf
+
+* Einstieg: Mikroskope in Schule und Forschung
+* Experimentelle Phase: Aufbau, Fokussierung, Beobachtung
+* Sicherung: Skizze des Mikroskopaufbaus
+
+### Ergebnis der Stunde
+
+Ein Mikroskop erzeugt ein vergrößertes Bild über ein Zwischenbild.
+
+## Stunde 7 \- Das moderne Mikroskop: Unendlichkeitsoptik {#stunde-7---das-moderne-mikroskop:-unendlichkeitsoptik}
+
+### Ziel der Stunde
+
+Einblick in moderne Mikroskoptechnik.
+
+### Vorbereitung der Stunde
+
+- [ ] CoreBoxen vollständig
+- [ ] Benötigtes Experiment: E6 – Unendlichkeitsmikroskop
+- [ ] Modifiziertes Objektiv und Tubuslinse bereitlegen
+- [ ] 45°-Spiegel prüfen
+- [ ] Probenmaterial wie in Stunde 6
+- [ ] Vergleichsmöglichkeit zum endlichen Mikroskop vorbereiten
+
+### Kompetenzen
+
+* Klassische und moderne Systeme vergleichen
+* Rolle der Tubuslinse verstehen
+* Technische Weiterentwicklungen einordnen
+
+### Zentrale Experimente
+
+Experiment 6: Mikroskop mit Unendlichkeitsoptik
+
+### Stundenverlauf
+
+* Einstieg: Moderne Forschungseinrichtungen
+* Experimentelle Phase: Aufbau und Variation
+* Sicherung: Vergleich endliche vs. unendliche Optik
+
+### Ergebnis der Stunde
+
+Moderne Mikroskope nutzen Unendlichkeitsoptik für flexible Erweiterbarkeit.
+
+## Stunde 8 \- Smartphone-Mikroskopie {#stunde-8---smartphone-mikroskopie}
+
+### Ziel der Stunde
+
+Übertragung der Optik auf digitale Bildgebung.
+
+### Vorbereitung der Stunde
+
+- [ ] CoreBoxen vollständig
+- [ ] Benötigtes Experiment: E8 – Smartphone-Mikroskop
+- [ ] Smartphone-Halterungen bereitlegen
+- [ ] Klärung: Nutzung privater oder schulischer Smartphones
+- [ ] Kamera-Apps vorab testen (Standardkamera ausreichend)
+- [ ] Datenschutz-/Schulregelungen beachten
+- [ ] Probenmaterial vorbereiten
+
+### Kompetenzen
+
+* Digitale und analoge Beobachtung vergleichen
+* Medienkompetenz anwenden
+* Mikroskopie alltagsnah erleben
+
+### Zentrale Experimente
+
+Experiment 8: Smartphone-Mikroskop
+
+### Stundenverlauf
+
+* Einstieg: Smartphone als Messgerät
+* Experimentelle Phase: Aufnahme von Mikroskopieaufnahmen
+* Sicherung: Vergleich der Beobachtungen
+
+### Ergebnis der Stunde
+
+Verständnis dafür, wie digitale Mikroskope funktionieren.
+
+[image1]:
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ What happens if you use a lens with the wrong focal length?
## Image of an object through a positive lens
-
+
Let's take the converging lens as an example. We start with an object (green arrow) and see what happens to the rays that start from the top. There are infinitely many rays in all directions, but for drawing the figure the following three rays will suffice:
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ The image is formed where all the rays intersect. The principle is used for all
In the case of the negative lens, we use the same method to image the ray path. Unlike the case of the converging lens, the image is always reduced and virtual. Magnification depends on the position of the object in front of the lens. Unlike the converging lens, the image is created on the object side and is therefore called a virtual image. You can see it directly with your eyes but not project it onto a screen.
-
+
The way a lens creates an image is predictable by knowing the focal length of that lens. Therefore, a certain distance must be maintained so that you can see the writing with the specified lens on the previous sheet.
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ seen pictures.
Take the UC2 lens cube with focal length f=40mm and use it as a magnifying glass.
-
+
Can you read the small letters through the converging lens? What is written there?
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ A lens in action can be found here:
With the converging lenses, the image and the magnification depend on the position of the object.
-
+
If the distance between the object and the lens is more than twice the focal length of the lens, then the image is...
- Vice versa
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ If the distance between the object and the lens is less than the focal length of
- Magnified
- Virtual
-
+
The magnifying glass is the simplest of all optical devices, since it consists only of a simple converging lens with a suitable focal length. Why does the cube with the 50 𝑚𝑚 enlarge the small text? If the object is in front of the focal length of the lens - i.e. less than 50 𝑚𝑚 in front of the lens - the lens creates a virtual image which is behind the actual object. The eye perceives it enlarged. Check out the diagram above.
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ Calculate the magnification of the magnifying glass using the following formula:
-
+
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ Calculate the magnification of the magnifying glass using the following formula:
Take the UC2 lens cube with focal length 𝑓 =40 𝑚𝑚 and place it behind the sample holder cube. The distance between the object and the lens (i.e. the object distance g) should be approx. 50 mm. If you now illuminate the object with the flashlight, you will see it sharply at a distance of approx. 200 mm on the wall. A cinema projector has a film strip instead of the object and of course a much stronger light source.
-
+
Use a flashlight (e.g. from your cell phone) as a light source and hold it in front of the object
@@ -217,30 +217,30 @@ Slide the lens back and forth in the cube and see when the image is in focus. Fi
## How does a cinema projector work?
-
+
### Where is the picture?
When an object is imaged through a converging lens, the position and size of the image depend on the distance (g) of the object to the lens and its focal length (f).
The lens equation describes the relationship between image distance (b) and object distance (g):
-
+
### How big is the picture?
The magnification of the object on the screen can easily be calculated using the following formula:
-
+
## How the projector works
-
+
Check if your observation agrees with the calculation
-
+
Calculate the magnification of the projector for the different values of g and b.
-
+
- +
@@ -271,4 +271,4 @@ The position of the image and its magnification depend on the position and size
2. Modify the distance between the lens and the screen.
3. Carefully observe and record the position at which the light source forms a clear image on the surface of the screen.
-
+
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/en/03_core_telescope.md b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/en/03_core_telescope.md
similarity index 80%
rename from docs/usage/disc/corebox/en/03_core_telescope.md
rename to docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/en/03_core_telescope.md
index ed47fe52c..ff97e13b0 100644
--- a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/en/03_core_telescope.md
+++ b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/en/03_core_telescope.md
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ How is the image oriented?
- +
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ A telescope is an optical instrument that makes distant objects appear many time
The lens on the object side is called the objective lens.
-
+
The lens facing the eye is called the eyepiece.
The Galileo telescope is also used in opera glasses.
@@ -41,11 +41,11 @@ The Galileo telescope is also used in opera glasses.
What is the magnification of this Galileo telescope?
-
+
Formula for calculating magnification
-
+
@@ -64,39 +64,39 @@ The field of view is small.
## Tutorial: Galileo's telescope
-
+
### Materials needed:
- Four base plates
- 100 mm positive lens (in cube)
- -50 mm negative lens (in cube)
-
+
### Diagram (side view):
-
+
### Instructions for assembling Galileo's telescope:
**Step 1: Place the base plates on top**
-
+
Place one base plate on top of each lens cube.
**Step 2: Place the base plates on the bottom**
-
+
Place one base plate on the bottom of each lens cube.
**Step 3: Assemble the cubes**
-
+
Assemble the two cubes in such a way that the distance between the lenses' surfaces is the longest.
**Step 4: Adjust the lenses' distance**
-
+
Adjust distance between negative and positive lens to the maximum possible.
**Step 5: Use the telescope!**
-
+
Search for an object to the distance and use Galileo's telescope to look at it.
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ Search for an object to the distance and use Galileo's telescope to look at it.
Set the lenses in the correct positions as shown in the diagram. Then look through the telescope into the distance.
-
+
- + ## This is a Kepler telescope - + This type of telescope is often used in astronomy. @@ -128,11 +128,11 @@ This type of telescope is often used in astronomy. What is the magnification of this Kepler telescope? - + Formula for calculating magnification - + This telescope can achieve a higher magnification than the Galilean telescope. But it creates the opposite picture. However, this is not a problem for observing the stars. @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ larger than with the Galileo telescope. ## Tutorial: Kepler's Telescope - + ### Materials needed: - Eight base plates @@ -158,10 +158,10 @@ larger than with the Galileo telescope. - 50 mm positive lens (in cube) - Two empty cubes - + ### Diagram (side view): - + ### Instructions for assembling Kepler's telescope: @@ -169,25 +169,25 @@ larger than with the Galileo telescope. Align the cubes such that the two lenses lay at the extremes and the two empty cubes in the middle. - + **Step 2: Fix the cubes with base plates** Fix the cubes with the base plates placing them on top and on the bottom. - + **Step 3: Adjust the distance** Adjust the distance between the lenses as shown in the image. - + **Step 4: Use Kepler's telescope** Look for an object to the distance and use Kepler's telescope to look at it. - + ## What is a spotting scope? @@ -196,11 +196,11 @@ Look for an object to the distance and use Kepler's telescope to look at it. The spotting scope is long, so the scheme is not the same size. Set the lenses in the correct positions as shown in the diagram and look into the distance through the telescope. - + which results into - +
What does the picture look like?
@@ -116,11 +116,11 @@ How is the image oriented?
As you look through the telescope, vary the distances between the components to see such a sharp image!
- + ## This is a Kepler telescope - + This type of telescope is often used in astronomy. @@ -128,11 +128,11 @@ This type of telescope is often used in astronomy. What is the magnification of this Kepler telescope? - + Formula for calculating magnification - + This telescope can achieve a higher magnification than the Galilean telescope. But it creates the opposite picture. However, this is not a problem for observing the stars. @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ larger than with the Galileo telescope. ## Tutorial: Kepler's Telescope - + ### Materials needed: - Eight base plates @@ -158,10 +158,10 @@ larger than with the Galileo telescope. - 50 mm positive lens (in cube) - Two empty cubes - + ### Diagram (side view): - + ### Instructions for assembling Kepler's telescope: @@ -169,25 +169,25 @@ larger than with the Galileo telescope. Align the cubes such that the two lenses lay at the extremes and the two empty cubes in the middle. - + **Step 2: Fix the cubes with base plates** Fix the cubes with the base plates placing them on top and on the bottom. - + **Step 3: Adjust the distance** Adjust the distance between the lenses as shown in the image. - + **Step 4: Use Kepler's telescope** Look for an object to the distance and use Kepler's telescope to look at it. - + ## What is a spotting scope? @@ -196,11 +196,11 @@ Look for an object to the distance and use Kepler's telescope to look at it. The spotting scope is long, so the scheme is not the same size. Set the lenses in the correct positions as shown in the diagram and look into the distance through the telescope. - + which results into - +
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ As you look through the telescope, adjust the distances between the components t
The magnification is like that of the Kepler telescope. The erecting lens only changes the orientation (the image is reversed), not the magnification.
-
+
An upright image is necessary for terrestrial observations. True terrestrial telescopes use prism systems to rotate the image and keep it compact.
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/en/04_core_microscope.md b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/en/04_core_microscope.md
similarity index 84%
rename from docs/usage/disc/corebox/en/04_core_microscope.md
rename to docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/en/04_core_microscope.md
index 1c8ec8266..53b64a53b 100644
--- a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/en/04_core_microscope.md
+++ b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/en/04_core_microscope.md
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ What happens when you turn the Kepler telescope upside down?
Place the object about 40mm in front of the lens and find the image about 100mm behind the tube lens (using a paper or the wall as a screen) as shown in the diagram. Move the lenses to get a sharp image.
-
+
Place the object with the lens on the paper as one unit. Place the tube lens at a distance of 100mm from your screen (paper, wall). Change the distance between the lenses - does the image change?
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ A microscope is a device that allows objects to be viewed or imaged at high magn
The image is called an **intermediate image** because it is often further enlarged with an eyepiece.
-
+
The object is roughly in the object-side focal plane of the lens. Thus, all incident rays are converted into a parallel bundle of rays behind the lens. The lens has a short focal length.
@@ -44,11 +44,11 @@ The image in the plane of the intermediate image is reversed, flipped, enlarged
What is the magnification of the image?
-
+
Magnification of the image
-
+
The lenses of the Kepler telescope can also be used for a microscope, but in a different order.
@@ -65,10 +65,10 @@ As long as the object is in the focal plane of the lens and the screen is in the
- Torch lamp
- Sample holder (in cube) with sample
-
+
### Diagram (side view):
-
+
### Instructions for assembling the Light Microscope with Infinity Optics:
@@ -76,26 +76,26 @@ As long as the object is in the focal plane of the lens and the screen is in the
Add the sample cube behind to the 50 mm positive lens. Don’t forget to add the base plates.
-
+
**Step 2: Fix the cubes with base plates**
Use the torch to illuminate the sample. Look for a screen (notebook, piece of paper) to project the image onto.
-
-
+
+
**Step 3: Adjust the distance**
Turn off ambient light to see the image on the screen clearly. Adjust the distance between the microscope and the screen until you see a sharp focused image (check the diagram).
-
-
-
+
+
+
## "Infinity optics" microscope with eyepiece
-
+
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ A quick intro into mirrors and its applications can be found here:
Newer microscopes are equipped with so-called "infinity optics". In this case, the lens does not produce a real intermediate image. The light exits the lens as infinite parallel rays. At the end of the "infinite" tube is a tube lens. This creates an intermediate image, which is then enlarged again through the eyepiece.
-
+
The image behind the eyepiece is reversed, reversed, enlarged and virtual. The virtual image can be seen with the eye.
@@ -138,19 +138,19 @@ A filter can be used to change the brightness and color of the image.
What is the magnification after the eyepiece?
-
+
overall magnification
-
+
- +
- +
An eyepiece is actually just a lens that enlarges the intermediate image. It maps the virtual image in such a way that you can see it with your eyes.
- +
With the mirror you can not only see yourself, but also reflect the incoming light in any direction. So you can fold the optical path and make it more comfortable to work with. The mirror doesn't affect the magnification, but it does rotate the image in one direction.
@@ -168,11 +168,11 @@ With the mirror you can not only see yourself, but also reflect the incoming lig
- Empty cube
- Eyepiece (in cube)
-
+
### Diagram (side view):
-
+
### Instructions for assembling the Light Microscope with Infinity Optics and Eyepiece:
@@ -181,26 +181,26 @@ With the mirror you can not only see yourself, but also reflect the incoming lig
Add the sample-holder cube in the Kepler's telescope next to the 50 mm converging lens.
-
+
**Step 2: Assemble next to the 100 mm lens**
Next to the 100 mm converging lens, assemble one empty cube and the mirror cube next to it.
-
+
**Step 3: Place the eyepiece**
Place the eyepiece on top of the mirror cube with the right orientation. Illuminate the sample from a considerable distance.
-
+
**Step 5: Adjust for a sharp image**
Look through the eyepiece. Adjust the lenses distance until you see a focused sharp image. Note: If you don’t see the specimen try to adjust the slide’s position carefully until you see the specimen.
-
-
+
+
## Light microscope with "finite optics"
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ Place the dice in the positions shown in the diagram below and look through the
Build the microscope like a sandwich by adding a second layer using a base plate. Look through the eyepiece from above.
- +
Do you see the image through the eyepiece as before? Can you find the real intermediate image with a piece of paper?
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ Turn the small gear on the lens holder. This is how you move or focus the lens.
## Tutorial: Light Microscope with Finite Optics and Eyepiece
-
+
### Materials needed:
@@ -236,11 +236,11 @@ Turn the small gear on the lens holder. This is how you move or focus the lens.
- Three empty cubes
- Eyepiece (in cube)
-
+
### Diagram (side view):
-
+
## Instructions for assembling the Light Microscope with Finite Optics:
@@ -248,61 +248,61 @@ Turn the small gear on the lens holder. This is how you move or focus the lens.
Connect the base plates in the following way.
-
+
**Step 2: Place the sample**
Place the sample on the leftmost plate.
-
+
**Step 3: Build and place the cubes**
Build a cube with the microscope objective inside and place both microscope objective and gear cubes in the next two base plates. Include all additional images as shown.
**Sub Step 1:**
-
+
**Sub Step 2:**
-
+
**Sub Step 3:**
-
+
**Step 4: Reflect the light**
Place two empty cubes and the cube with the mirror at the last base plate such that it reflects the light coming from the sample upwards.
-
+
**Step 5: Secure the cubes**
Place the base plates on top of the cubes to fix them tightly.
-
+
**Step 6: Attach the eyepiece**
Place the eyepiece on top of the mirror cube. Mind the right orientation of the eyepiece.
-
+
**Step 7: Illuminate the sample**
Fix the lamp with a base and illuminate the sample from a considerable distance. Look through the eyepiece and adjust the microscope distance using the gear until you see a focused image of the specimen.
-
+
## "Finite optics" versus "infinite optics"
-
+
Lenses from older or smaller microscopes are usually what's called *finite* lenses. They behave like a lens with an extremely short focal length and create an intermediate image behind the lens at a distance defined by the tube length. This length is printed on the lens and corresponds to 160 mm in our case. A real intermediate image is formed there, which is then magnified by the eyepiece.
Microscopes can focus on the object by moving either the object or the lens. Here, we move the lens using a simple mechanism. The rotation of the gear results in displacement of the objective lens. For larger adjustments, you can also move the lens along the rail.
-
+
- +
The image is larger than with the infinite optics microscope. The objective magnification here is 4×. If you calculated the magnification with the previous microscope, this won’t surprise you.
- +
The intermediate image is now formed solely by the objective lens and is located 160 mm behind it. We’ll find out why in the next step.
@@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ The intermediate image is now formed solely by the objective lens and is located
## Objective and eyepiece
-
+
@@ -351,11 +351,11 @@ The intermediate image is now formed solely by the objective lens and is located A lens is an optical system that creates an enlarged image of an object. The different numbers printed on the lens have different meanings: - + The 4× lens contains just a single lens element. Lenses with higher magnification are full lens systems. - +
@@ -351,11 +351,11 @@ The intermediate image is now formed solely by the objective lens and is located A lens is an optical system that creates an enlarged image of an object. The different numbers printed on the lens have different meanings: - + The 4× lens contains just a single lens element. Lenses with higher magnification are full lens systems. - +
The lens is also a converging lens with a short focal length. The 4× lens has a focal length of f = 32 mm. When used as a magnifying glass, it provides higher magnification than the 40 mm lens. The field of view is sharp but small.
@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ Its focal length is:
**What is the magnification of the Ramsden eyepiece?**
-
+
- + diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/en/05_smartphone_microscope.md b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/en/05_smartphone_microscope.md similarity index 82% rename from docs/usage/disc/corebox/en/05_smartphone_microscope.md rename to docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/en/05_smartphone_microscope.md index 15ae9604d..990e49e1a 100644 --- a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/en/05_smartphone_microscope.md +++ b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/en/05_smartphone_microscope.md @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ title: openUC2 Smartphone Microscope with a finite corrected objective lens Build the smartphone microscope as shown. Use any two cubes here to safely place the smartphone. - +
Every eyepiece has what’s called a Ramsden disk, which is the smallest diameter of the light beam exiting the microscope through the eyepiece.
@@ -383,4 +383,4 @@ The field of view is wider, and the image appears clearer with the Ramsden eyepi
Every eyepiece has a so-called Ramsden disk, which is the smallest diameter of the exiting light beam.
- + diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/en/05_smartphone_microscope.md b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/en/05_smartphone_microscope.md similarity index 82% rename from docs/usage/disc/corebox/en/05_smartphone_microscope.md rename to docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/en/05_smartphone_microscope.md index 15ae9604d..990e49e1a 100644 --- a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/en/05_smartphone_microscope.md +++ b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/en/05_smartphone_microscope.md @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ title: openUC2 Smartphone Microscope with a finite corrected objective lens Build the smartphone microscope as shown. Use any two cubes here to safely place the smartphone. - +
@@ -23,8 +23,8 @@ Replace the Ramsden eyepiece with the 40mm lens. What is better for the eye and
## Tutorial: Smartphone Microscope
-
-
+
+
### Materials needed:
@@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ Replace the Ramsden eyepiece with the 40mm lens. What is better for the eye and
- Torch lamp
- 50 mm lens (in cube)
-
+
### Diagram (Side view):
-
+
## Instructions for assembling the Smartphone Microscope:
@@ -63,51 +63,51 @@ This video shows you how to build the UC2 smartphone microscope as also indicate
**Step 1: Build a four-base plate line**
-
+
**Step 2: Assemble the components**
Place the Microscope objective mount on one extreme followed by the two mirrors facing each other and one empty cube in the other extreme. Fix them with base plates.
-
+
**Step 3: Adjust the objective**
Build one cube with the microscope objective inside. Adjust the objective's height if necessary by using the gear.
-
-
-
+
+
+
**Step 4: Place the eyepiece**
Place the eyepiece next to the microscope objective and one empty cube next to it. Mind the right orientation of the eyepiece.
-
+
**Step 5: Align the smartphone base**
Place the smartphone base with the hole aligned with the eyepiece. Note: You can adjust the orientation of the smartphone base to adapt your smartphone's size.
-
+
**Step 6: Set up the sample holder**
Place the sample holder cube on top of the microscope objective. Mind the distance between them. You can adjust the coarse distance by sliding the sample holder inside the cube and the finer distance by using the gear.
-
+
**Step 7: Add the converging lens and lamp**
Place a converging lens cube on top of the sample holder cube and place the torch lamp on top. Place the smartphone aligned to the eyepiece.
-
+
**Step 8: Adjust for clarity**
Try to move the smartphone such that the whole eyepiece circle appears illuminated. Then, turn the gear to focus and get a sharp image of the specimen.
-
+
@@ -118,12 +118,12 @@ The smartphone camera has a lens with a very short focal length because it has t
The eye can see objects from both a distance and near. This property is called accommodation.
-
+
The smartphone camera can also do this, but it is called autofocus. It describes the ability to sharply image objects at different distances on the sensor.
-
+
The image from the eyepiece comes in parallel rays, as if coming from infinity. You observed with a relaxed eye (looking into the distance) or with a camera focused at infinity.
@@ -135,4 +135,4 @@ The image from the eyepiece comes in parallel rays, as if coming from infinity.
## Calculation results
-
+
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/en/06_troubleshoot.md b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/en/06_troubleshoot.md
similarity index 70%
rename from docs/usage/disc/corebox/en/06_troubleshoot.md
rename to docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/en/06_troubleshoot.md
index ef9bea34f..9233edb5a 100644
--- a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/en/06_troubleshoot.md
+++ b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/en/06_troubleshoot.md
@@ -10,34 +10,34 @@ title: Troubleshoot smartphone microscope
It may happen that the imaging result doesn't look as good as it could look like. For this we provide a series of explanations to correct for this
Overall, with the updated components, the setup should look like something like this:
-
+
## Perfect Imaging Condition
-
+
## Wrong Flashlight Mode
-
-
+
+
- the flashlight has a funky feature to do morse code, this is not helpful, press the button a couple of times to see the brightes light of all different modes
- The stripes you see is the beating of the pwm controlled intensity and the rolling shutter of the camera
## Flashlight too much focussed
-
+
- The front lens of the flashlight can be focussed - move it to see a more-less homogeneous illuminated sample - this is koehler condition when the led is in focus of the condenser that you move
## Flashlight too bright
-
+
- use a diffuser or older batteries
## Distance between Smartphone and Eyepiece too large
-
+
-
+
- ensure the distance between phone and eyepiece matches
- the Exit pupil of the eyepiece has to match entrance pupil of the phone
@@ -46,24 +46,24 @@ Overall, with the updated components, the setup should look like something like
## Oblique Angle between Flashlight and Sample (kinda darkfield)
-
+
-
+
- when moving the light-source you will see effects such as shadows or reliefs. This is due to the WOTF
## Ok Imaging with diffuser between flashlight and sample
-
+
- incoherent imaging reduces the contrast but gives nice homogeneous illumination
## Overexposed but good imaging (koehler illumination)
-
+
## Oblique Illuimation (Darkfield)
-
+
- very opblique illumination, no direct light hits the camera sensor
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/en/07_Showcase.md b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/en/07_Showcase.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..219703824
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/en/07_Showcase.md
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+---
+id: Showcasing Smartphone Microscope Images
+title: Showcasing Smartphone Microscope Images
+---
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/en/README.md b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/en/README.md
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/corebox/en/README.md
rename to docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/en/README.md
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/en/image.png b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/en/image.png
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/corebox/en/image.png
rename to docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/en/image.png
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/it/01_core_intro.md b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/it/01_core_intro.md
similarity index 95%
rename from docs/usage/disc/corebox/it/01_core_intro.md
rename to docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/it/01_core_intro.md
index 8f9b9ce7c..ce225aba5 100644
--- a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/it/01_core_intro.md
+++ b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/it/01_core_intro.md
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ title: UC2 coreBOX (italiano)
---
:::tip
-Abbiamo compilato questo documento in un ***PDF*** che può essere scaricato [qui](../Manual_Corebox_EN.pdf)
+Abbiamo compilato questo documento in un ***PDF*** che può essere scaricato [qui](../../Manual_Corebox_EN.pdf)
:::
# CoreBOX
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Abbiamo compilato questo documento in un ***PDF*** che può essere scaricato [qu
**2. Approfondimento degli Esperimenti**
-
+
## Introduzione
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ Questo è molto semplice e non ha una vera configurazione. Gli studenti prendono
#### OBIETTIVO:
In questo esperimento gli studenti vedono come una lente ingrandisce quello che guardano.
-
+
Maggiori dettagli possono essere trovati qui: [Lens-Wiki](https://docs.openuc2.com/docs/Toolboxes/DiscoveryCore/ENGLISH/CoreLens/)
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ Ora abbiamo bisogno di altre due lenti, ma ancora non è necessario alcun assemb
Gli studenti dovrebbero rendersi conto di come le diverse lunghezze focali influiscono su quello che vedono attraverso la lente. Questa comprensione è la base per capire come la distanza tra diverse lenti influisce sulle configurazioni che costruiremo più tardi.
-
+
Maggiori dettagli possono essere trovati qui: [Lens-Wiki](https://docs.openuc2.com/docs/Toolboxes/DiscoveryCore/ENGLISH/CoreLens/)
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/it/02_core_lens.md b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/it/02_core_lens.md
similarity index 94%
rename from docs/usage/disc/corebox/it/02_core_lens.md
rename to docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/it/02_core_lens.md
index c62e011b3..eb91040f3 100644
--- a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/it/02_core_lens.md
+++ b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/it/02_core_lens.md
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ La **lunghezza focale** di una lente corrisponde alla distanza dalla lente al pi
### Lenti convergenti (positive) e divergenti (negative)
-
+
Le lenti convergenti rifrangono i raggi di luce che viaggiano paralleli all'asse ottico in un punto chiamato punto focale.
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ Le risposte hanno sollevato altre domande? Allora indaga per scoprire esattament
Ora prendi i cubi delle lenti. Con la lente giusta, prova a decifrare le informazioni della lunghezza focale nei cubi mostrati. Muovi la lente sulla scrittura finché non è della stessa dimensione del testo "UC2".
-
+
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ Cosa succede se usi una lente con la lunghezza focale sbagliata?
## Immagine di un oggetto attraverso una lente positiva
-
+
Prendiamo la lente convergente come esempio. Iniziamo con un oggetto (freccia verde) e vediamo cosa succede ai raggi che partono dalla cima. Ci sono infiniti raggi in tutte le direzioni, ma per disegnare la figura i seguenti tre raggi saranno sufficienti:
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ L'immagine si forma dove tutti i raggi si intersecano. Il principio è usato per
Nel caso della lente negativa, usiamo lo stesso metodo per immaginare il percorso del raggio. A differenza del caso della lente convergente, l'immagine è sempre ridotta e virtuale. L'ingrandimento dipende dalla posizione dell'oggetto davanti alla lente. A differenza della lente convergente, l'immagine viene creata sul lato oggetto ed è quindi chiamata immagine virtuale. Puoi vederla direttamente con i tuoi occhi ma non proiettarla su uno schermo.
-
+
Il modo in cui una lente crea un'immagine è prevedibile conoscendo la lunghezza focale di quella lente. Pertanto, una certa distanza deve essere mantenuta in modo che tu possa vedere la scrittura con la lente specificata nel foglio precedente.
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ Con la lente divergente (f = -50 mm) vedi sempre un'immagine virtuale ridotta. U
Prendi il cubo lente UC2 con lunghezza focale f=40mm e usalo come lente d'ingrandimento.
-
+
Riesci a leggere le piccole lettere attraverso la lente convergente? Cosa c'è scritto?
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ Una lente in azione può essere trovata qui:
Con le lenti convergenti, l'immagine e l'ingrandimento dipendono dalla posizione dell'oggetto.
-
+
Se la distanza tra l'oggetto e la lente è più di due volte la lunghezza focale della lente, allora l'immagine è...
- Invertita
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ Se la distanza tra l'oggetto e la lente è inferiore alla lunghezza focale della
- Ingrandita
- Virtuale
-
+
La lente d'ingrandimento è la più semplice di tutti i dispositivi ottici, poiché consiste solo di una semplice lente convergente con una lunghezza focale adatta. Perché il cubo con i 50 𝑚𝑚 ingrandisce il piccolo testo? Se l'oggetto è davanti alla lunghezza focale della lente - cioè meno di 50 𝑚𝑚 davanti alla lente - la lente crea un'immagine virtuale che è dietro l'oggetto reale. L'occhio la percepisce ingrandita. Guarda il diagramma sopra.
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ Calcola l'ingrandimento della lente d'ingrandimento usando la seguente formula:
-
+
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ Calcola l'ingrandimento della lente d'ingrandimento usando la seguente formula:
Prendi il cubo lente UC2 con lunghezza focale 𝑒 =40 𝑚𝑚 e posizionalo dietro il cubo portacampioni. La distanza tra l'oggetto e la lente (cioè la distanza dell'oggetto g) dovrebbe essere di circa 50 mm. Se ora illumini l'oggetto con la torcia, lo vedrai nitidamente a una distanza di circa 200 mm sul muro. Un proiettore cinematografico ha una pellicola invece dell'oggetto e ovviamente una sorgente luminosa molto più forte.
-
+
Usa una torcia (ad es. dal tuo cellulare) come sorgente luminosa e tienila davanti all'oggetto
@@ -216,30 +216,30 @@ Fai scorrere la lente avanti e indietro nel cubo e vedi quando l'immagine è a f
## Come funziona un proiettore cinematografico?
-
+
### Dov'è l'immagine?
Quando un oggetto viene immaginato attraverso una lente convergente, la posizione e la dimensione dell'immagine dipendono dalla distanza (g) dell'oggetto dalla lente e dalla sua lunghezza focale (f).
L'equazione della lente descrive la relazione tra distanza dell'immagine (b) e distanza dell'oggetto (g):
-
+
### Quanto è grande l'immagine?
L'ingrandimento dell'oggetto sullo schermo può essere facilmente calcolato usando la seguente formula:
-
+
## Come funziona il proiettore
-
+
Controlla se la tua osservazione è d'accordo con il calcolo
-
+
Calcola l'ingrandimento del proiettore per i diversi valori di g e b.
-
+
- +
@@ -270,4 +270,4 @@ La posizione dell'immagine e il suo ingrandimento dipendono dalla posizione e di
2. Modifica la distanza tra la lente e lo schermo.
3. Osserva attentamente e registra la posizione alla quale la sorgente luminosa forma un'immagine chiara sulla superficie dello schermo.
-
\ No newline at end of file
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/it/03_core_telescope.md b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/it/03_core_telescope.md
similarity index 80%
rename from docs/usage/disc/corebox/it/03_core_telescope.md
rename to docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/it/03_core_telescope.md
index 84545c18e..2e2a6829a 100644
--- a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/it/03_core_telescope.md
+++ b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/it/03_core_telescope.md
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Come è orientata l'immagine?
- +
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Un telescopio è uno strumento ottico che fa apparire gli oggetti distanti molte
La lente sul lato dell'oggetto è chiamata lente obiettivo.
-
+
La lente rivolta verso l'occhio è chiamata oculare.
Il telescopio di Galileo è usato anche nei binocoli da teatro.
@@ -41,11 +41,11 @@ Il telescopio di Galileo è usato anche nei binocoli da teatro.
Qual è l'ingrandimento di questo telescopio di Galileo?
-
+
Formula per calcolare l'ingrandimento
-
+
@@ -64,39 +64,39 @@ Il campo visivo è piccolo.
## Tutorial: Telescopio di Galileo
-
+
### Materiali necessari:
- Quattro piastre di base
- Lente positiva da 100 mm (nel cubo)
- Lente negativa da -50 mm (nel cubo)
-
+
### Diagramma (vista laterale):
-
+
### Istruzioni per assemblare il telescopio di Galileo:
**Passo 1: Posiziona le piastre di base sopra**
-
+
Posiziona una piastra di base sopra ogni cubo lente.
**Passo 2: Posiziona le piastre di base sotto**
-
+
Posiziona una piastra di base sotto ogni cubo lente.
**Passo 3: Assembla i cubi**
-
+
Assembla i due cubi in modo che la distanza tra le superfici delle lenti sia la massima.
**Passo 4: Regola la distanza delle lenti**
-
+
Regola la distanza tra lente negativa e positiva al massimo possibile.
**Passo 5: Usa il telescopio!**
-
+
Cerca un oggetto in distanza e usa il telescopio di Galileo per guardarlo.
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ Cerca un oggetto in distanza e usa il telescopio di Galileo per guardarlo.
Imposta le lenti nelle posizioni corrette come mostrato nel diagramma. Poi guarda attraverso il telescopio in lontananza.
-
+
- + ## Questo è un telescopio di Kepler - + Questo tipo di telescopio è spesso usato in astronomia. @@ -128,11 +128,11 @@ Questo tipo di telescopio è spesso usato in astronomia. Qual è l'ingrandimento di questo telescopio di Kepler? - + Formula per calcolare l'ingrandimento - + Questo telescopio può ottenere un ingrandimento più alto del telescopio Galileiano. Ma crea l'immagine opposta. Tuttavia, questo non è un problema per osservare le stelle. @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ più grande che con il telescopio di Galileo. ## Tutorial: Telescopio di Kepler - + ### Materiali necessari: - Otto piastre di base @@ -158,10 +158,10 @@ più grande che con il telescopio di Galileo. - Lente positiva da 50 mm (nel cubo) - Due cubi vuoti - + ### Diagramma (vista laterale): - + ### Istruzioni per assemblare il telescopio di Kepler: @@ -169,25 +169,25 @@ più grande che con il telescopio di Galileo. Allinea i cubi in modo che le due lenti siano agli estremi e i due cubi vuoti al centro. - + **Passo 2: Fissa i cubi con piastre di base** Fissa i cubi con le piastre di base posizionandole sopra e sotto. - + **Passo 3: Regola la distanza** Regola la distanza tra le lenti come mostrato nell'immagine. - + **Passo 4: Usa il telescopio di Kepler** Cerca un oggetto in distanza e usa il telescopio di Kepler per guardarlo. - + ## Cos'è un cannocchiale terrestre? @@ -196,11 +196,11 @@ Cerca un oggetto in distanza e usa il telescopio di Kepler per guardarlo. Il cannocchiale terrestre è lungo, quindi lo schema non è della stessa dimensione. Imposta le lenti nelle posizioni corrette come mostrato nel diagramma e guarda in lontananza attraverso il telescopio. - + che risulta in - +
Come appare l'immagine?
@@ -116,11 +116,11 @@ Come è orientata l'immagine?
Mentre guardi attraverso il telescopio, varia le distanze tra i componenti per vedere un'immagine così nitida!
- + ## Questo è un telescopio di Kepler - + Questo tipo di telescopio è spesso usato in astronomia. @@ -128,11 +128,11 @@ Questo tipo di telescopio è spesso usato in astronomia. Qual è l'ingrandimento di questo telescopio di Kepler? - + Formula per calcolare l'ingrandimento - + Questo telescopio può ottenere un ingrandimento più alto del telescopio Galileiano. Ma crea l'immagine opposta. Tuttavia, questo non è un problema per osservare le stelle. @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ più grande che con il telescopio di Galileo. ## Tutorial: Telescopio di Kepler - + ### Materiali necessari: - Otto piastre di base @@ -158,10 +158,10 @@ più grande che con il telescopio di Galileo. - Lente positiva da 50 mm (nel cubo) - Due cubi vuoti - + ### Diagramma (vista laterale): - + ### Istruzioni per assemblare il telescopio di Kepler: @@ -169,25 +169,25 @@ più grande che con il telescopio di Galileo. Allinea i cubi in modo che le due lenti siano agli estremi e i due cubi vuoti al centro. - + **Passo 2: Fissa i cubi con piastre di base** Fissa i cubi con le piastre di base posizionandole sopra e sotto. - + **Passo 3: Regola la distanza** Regola la distanza tra le lenti come mostrato nell'immagine. - + **Passo 4: Usa il telescopio di Kepler** Cerca un oggetto in distanza e usa il telescopio di Kepler per guardarlo. - + ## Cos'è un cannocchiale terrestre? @@ -196,11 +196,11 @@ Cerca un oggetto in distanza e usa il telescopio di Kepler per guardarlo. Il cannocchiale terrestre è lungo, quindi lo schema non è della stessa dimensione. Imposta le lenti nelle posizioni corrette come mostrato nel diagramma e guarda in lontananza attraverso il telescopio. - + che risulta in - +
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ Mentre guardi attraverso il telescopio, regola le distanze tra i componenti per
L'ingrandimento è come quello del telescopio di Kepler. La lente raddrizzante cambia solo l'orientamento (l'immagine è invertita), non l'ingrandimento.
-
+
Un'immagine dritta è necessaria per le osservazioni terrestri. I veri telescopi terrestri usano sistemi di prismi per ruotare l'immagine e mantenerla compatta.
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/it/04_core_microscope.md b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/it/04_core_microscope.md
similarity index 84%
rename from docs/usage/disc/corebox/it/04_core_microscope.md
rename to docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/it/04_core_microscope.md
index bf8fd2ee6..d5c021006 100644
--- a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/it/04_core_microscope.md
+++ b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/it/04_core_microscope.md
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ Cosa succede quando capovolgi il telescopio di Kepler?
Posiziona l'oggetto a circa 40mm davanti alla lente e trova l'immagine a circa 100mm dietro la lente del tubo (usando un foglio o il muro come schermo) come mostrato nel diagramma. Muovi le lenti per ottenere un'immagine nitida.
-
+
Posiziona l'oggetto con la lente sul foglio come un'unità singola. Posiziona la lente del tubo a una distanza di 100mm dal tuo schermo (foglio, muro). Cambia la distanza tra le lenti - l'immagine cambia?
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ Un microscopio è un dispositivo che permette di osservare o immaginare oggetti
L'immagine è chiamata **immagine intermedia** perché spesso viene ulteriormente ingrandita con un oculare.
-
+
L'oggetto è approssimativamente nel piano focale lato oggetto della lente. Così, tutti i raggi incidenti vengono convertiti in un fascio parallelo di raggi dietro la lente. La lente ha una lunghezza focale corta.
@@ -44,11 +44,11 @@ L'immagine nel piano dell'immagine intermedia è invertita, capovolta, ingrandit
Qual è l'ingrandimento dell'immagine?
-
+
Ingrandimento dell'immagine
-
+
Le lenti del telescopio di Kepler possono essere usate anche per un microscopio, ma in un ordine diverso.
@@ -65,10 +65,10 @@ Finché l'oggetto è nel piano focale della lente e lo schermo è nel piano foca
- Lampada torcia
- Portacampioni (nel cubo) con campione
-
+
### Diagramma (vista laterale):
-
+
### Istruzioni per assemblare il Microscopio Ottico con Ottica all'Infinito:
@@ -76,26 +76,26 @@ Finché l'oggetto è nel piano focale della lente e lo schermo è nel piano foca
Aggiungi il cubo campione dietro alla lente positiva da 50 mm. Non dimenticare di aggiungere le piastre di base.
-
+
**Passo 2: Fissa i cubi con piastre di base**
Usa la torcia per illuminare il campione. Cerca uno schermo (quaderno, pezzo di carta) per proiettare l'immagine.
-
-
+
+
**Passo 3: Regola la distanza**
Spegni la luce ambientale per vedere l'immagine sullo schermo chiaramente. Regola la distanza tra il microscopio e lo schermo finché non vedi un'immagine nitida e focalizzata (controlla il diagramma).
-
-
-
+
+
+
## Microscopio con "ottica all'infinito" con oculare
-
+
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ Una breve introduzione agli specchi e le sue applicazioni può essere trovata qu
I microscopi più nuovi sono equipaggiati con la cosiddetta "ottica all'infinito". In questo caso, la lente non produce un'immagine intermedia reale. La luce esce dalla lente come raggi paralleli infiniti. Alla fine del tubo "infinito" c'è una lente del tubo. Questa crea un'immagine intermedia, che viene poi ingrandita di nuovo attraverso l'oculare.
-
+
L'immagine dietro l'oculare è invertita, rovesciata, ingrandita e virtuale. L'immagine virtuale può essere vista con l'occhio.
@@ -138,19 +138,19 @@ Un filtro può essere usato per cambiare la luminosità e il colore dell'immagin
Qual è l'ingrandimento dopo l'oculare?
-
+
ingrandimento complessivo
-
+
- +
- +
Un oculare è in realtà solo una lente che ingrandisce l'immagine intermedia. Mappa l'immagine virtuale in modo che tu possa vederla con i tuoi occhi.
- +
Con lo specchio non solo puoi vedere te stesso, ma anche riflettere la luce in arrivo in qualsiasi direzione. Così puoi piegare il percorso ottico e renderlo più comodo per lavorare. Lo specchio non influisce sull'ingrandimento, ma ruota l'immagine in una direzione.
@@ -168,11 +168,11 @@ Con lo specchio non solo puoi vedere te stesso, ma anche riflettere la luce in a
- Cubo vuoto
- Oculare (nel cubo)
-
+
### Diagramma (vista laterale):
-
+
### Istruzioni per assemblare il Microscopio Ottico con Ottica all'Infinito e Oculare:
@@ -181,26 +181,26 @@ Con lo specchio non solo puoi vedere te stesso, ma anche riflettere la luce in a
Aggiungi il cubo portacampioni nel telescopio di Kepler accanto alla lente convergente da 50 mm.
-
+
**Passo 2: Assembla accanto alla lente da 100 mm**
Accanto alla lente convergente da 100 mm, assembla un cubo vuoto e il cubo specchio accanto ad esso.
-
+
**Passo 3: Posiziona l'oculare**
Posiziona l'oculare sopra il cubo specchio con l'orientamento giusto. Illumina il campione da una distanza considerevole.
-
+
**Passo 5: Regola per un'immagine nitida**
Guarda attraverso l'oculare. Regola la distanza delle lenti finché non vedi un'immagine nitida e focalizzata. Nota: Se non vedi il campione prova a regolare la posizione del vetrino attentamente finché non vedi il campione.
-
-
+
+
## Microscopio ottico con "ottica finita"
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ Posiziona i dadi nelle posizioni mostrate nel diagramma sotto e guarda attravers
Costruisci il microscopio come un sandwich aggiungendo un secondo strato usando una piastra di base. Guarda attraverso l'oculare dall'alto.
- +
Vedi l'immagine attraverso l'oculare come prima? Riesci a trovare l'immagine intermedia reale con un pezzo di carta?
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ Gira la piccola rotella sul supporto della lente. Così muovi o metti a fuoco la
## Tutorial: Microscopio Ottico con Ottica Finita e Oculare
-
+
### Materiali necessari:
@@ -236,11 +236,11 @@ Gira la piccola rotella sul supporto della lente. Così muovi o metti a fuoco la
- Tre cubi vuoti
- Oculare (nel cubo)
-
+
### Diagramma (vista laterale):
-
+
## Istruzioni per assemblare il Microscopio Ottico con Ottica Finita:
@@ -248,61 +248,61 @@ Gira la piccola rotella sul supporto della lente. Così muovi o metti a fuoco la
Collega le piastre di base nel seguente modo.
-
+
**Passo 2: Posiziona il campione**
Posiziona il campione sulla piastra più a sinistra.
-
+
**Passo 3: Costruisci e posiziona i cubi**
Costruisci un cubo con l'obiettivo del microscopio dentro e posiziona sia l'obiettivo del microscopio che i cubi ad ingranaggio nelle prossime due piastre di base. Includi tutte le immagini aggiuntive come mostrato.
**Sotto Passo 1:**
-
+
**Sotto Passo 2:**
-
+
**Sotto Passo 3:**
-
+
**Passo 4: Rifletti la luce**
Posiziona due cubi vuoti e il cubo con lo specchio all'ultima piastra di base in modo che rifletta la luce proveniente dal campione verso l'alto.
-
+
**Passo 5: Fissa i cubi**
Posiziona le piastre di base sopra i cubi per fissarli saldamente.
-
+
**Passo 6: Attacca l'oculare**
Posiziona l'oculare sopra il cubo specchio. Fai attenzione all'orientamento giusto dell'oculare.
-
+
**Passo 7: Illumina il campione**
Fissa la lampada con una base e illumina il campione da una distanza considerevole. Guarda attraverso l'oculare e regola la distanza del microscopio usando l'ingranaggio finché non vedi un'immagine focalizzata del campione.
-
+
## "Ottica finita" versus "ottica infinita"
-
+
Le lenti di microscopi più vecchi o più piccoli sono solitamente quello che viene chiamato lenti *finite*. Si comportano come una lente con una lunghezza focale estremamente corta e creano un'immagine intermedia dietro la lente a una distanza definita dalla lunghezza del tubo. Questa lunghezza è stampata sulla lente e corrisponde a 160 mm nel nostro caso. Un'immagine intermedia reale si forma lì, che viene poi ingrandita dall'oculare.
I microscopi possono mettere a fuoco sull'oggetto muovendo o l'oggetto o la lente. Qui, muoviamo la lente usando un meccanismo semplice. La rotazione dell'ingranaggio risulta nello spostamento della lente obiettivo. Per regolazioni più grandi, puoi anche muovere la lente lungo la guida.
-
+
- +
L'immagine è più grande che con il microscopio ad ottica infinita. L'ingrandimento dell'obiettivo qui è 4×. Se hai calcolato l'ingrandimento con il microscopio precedente, questo non ti sorprenderà.
- +
L'immagine intermedia è ora formata esclusivamente dalla lente obiettivo ed è situata 160 mm dietro di essa. Scopriremo perché nel prossimo passo.
@@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ L'immagine intermedia è ora formata esclusivamente dalla lente obiettivo ed è
## Obiettivo e oculare
-
+
@@ -351,11 +351,11 @@ L'immagine intermedia è ora formata esclusivamente dalla lente obiettivo ed è Una lente è un sistema ottico che crea un'immagine ingrandita di un oggetto. I diversi numeri stampati sulla lente hanno significati diversi: - + La lente 4× contiene solo un singolo elemento lente. Le lenti con ingrandimento più alto sono sistemi di lenti completi. - +
@@ -351,11 +351,11 @@ L'immagine intermedia è ora formata esclusivamente dalla lente obiettivo ed è Una lente è un sistema ottico che crea un'immagine ingrandita di un oggetto. I diversi numeri stampati sulla lente hanno significati diversi: - + La lente 4× contiene solo un singolo elemento lente. Le lenti con ingrandimento più alto sono sistemi di lenti completi. - +
La lente è anche una lente convergente con una lunghezza focale corta. La lente 4× ha una lunghezza focale di f = 32 mm. Quando usata come lente d'ingrandimento, fornisce un ingrandimento più alto della lente da 40 mm. Il campo visivo è nitido ma piccolo.
@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ La sua lunghezza focale è:
**Qual è l'ingrandimento dell'oculare Ramsden?**
-
+
- \ No newline at end of file + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/it/05_smartphone_microscope.md b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/it/05_smartphone_microscope.md similarity index 83% rename from docs/usage/disc/corebox/it/05_smartphone_microscope.md rename to docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/it/05_smartphone_microscope.md index 150503e1a..a79af9771 100644 --- a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/it/05_smartphone_microscope.md +++ b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/it/05_smartphone_microscope.md @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ title: openUC2 Microscopio per Smartphone con obiettivo corretto finito Costruisci il microscopio per smartphone come mostrato. Usa qualsiasi due cubi qui per posizionare in sicurezza lo smartphone. - +
Ogni oculare ha quello che viene chiamato disco di Ramsden, che è il diametro più piccolo del fascio luminoso che esce dal microscopio attraverso l'oculare.
@@ -383,4 +383,4 @@ Il campo visivo è più ampio, e l'immagine appare più chiara con l'oculare Ram
Ogni oculare ha un cosiddetto disco di Ramsden, che è il diametro più piccolo del fascio luminoso in uscita.
- \ No newline at end of file + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/it/05_smartphone_microscope.md b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/it/05_smartphone_microscope.md similarity index 83% rename from docs/usage/disc/corebox/it/05_smartphone_microscope.md rename to docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/it/05_smartphone_microscope.md index 150503e1a..a79af9771 100644 --- a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/it/05_smartphone_microscope.md +++ b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/it/05_smartphone_microscope.md @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ title: openUC2 Microscopio per Smartphone con obiettivo corretto finito Costruisci il microscopio per smartphone come mostrato. Usa qualsiasi due cubi qui per posizionare in sicurezza lo smartphone. - +
@@ -23,8 +23,8 @@ Sostituisci l'oculare Ramsden con la lente da 40mm. Cosa è meglio per l'occhio
## Tutorial: Microscopio per Smartphone
-
-
+
+
### Materiali necessari:
@@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ Sostituisci l'oculare Ramsden con la lente da 40mm. Cosa è meglio per l'occhio
- Lampada torcia
- Lente da 50 mm (nel cubo)
-
+
### Diagramma (Vista laterale):
-
+
## Istruzioni per assemblare il Microscopio per Smartphone:
@@ -63,51 +63,51 @@ Questo video ti mostra come costruire il microscopio per smartphone UC2 come ind
**Passo 1: Costruisci una linea di quattro piastre di base**
-
+
**Passo 2: Assembla i componenti**
Posiziona il montaggio dell'obiettivo del microscopio su un estremo seguito dai due specchi uno di fronte all'altro e un cubo vuoto nell'altro estremo. Fissali con piastre di base.
-
+
**Passo 3: Regola l'obiettivo**
Costruisci un cubo con l'obiettivo del microscopio dentro. Regola l'altezza dell'obiettivo se necessario usando l'ingranaggio.
-
-
-
+
+
+
**Passo 4: Posiziona l'oculare**
Posiziona l'oculare accanto all'obiettivo del microscopio e un cubo vuoto accanto ad esso. Fai attenzione all'orientamento giusto dell'oculare.
-
+
**Passo 5: Allinea la base dello smartphone**
Posiziona la base dello smartphone con il foro allineato con l'oculare. Nota: Puoi regolare l'orientamento della base dello smartphone per adattare la dimensione del tuo smartphone.
-
+
**Passo 6: Imposta il portacampioni**
Posiziona il cubo portacampioni sopra l'obiettivo del microscopio. Fai attenzione alla distanza tra loro. Puoi regolare la distanza grossolana facendo scorrere il portacampioni dentro il cubo e la distanza più fine usando l'ingranaggio.
-
+
**Passo 7: Aggiungi la lente convergente e la lampada**
Posiziona un cubo lente convergente sopra il cubo portacampioni e posiziona la lampada torcia sopra. Posiziona lo smartphone allineato all'oculare.
-
+
**Passo 8: Regola per la chiarezza**
Prova a muovere lo smartphone in modo che l'intero cerchio dell'oculare appaia illuminato. Poi, gira l'ingranaggio per mettere a fuoco e ottenere un'immagine nitida del campione.
-
+
@@ -118,12 +118,12 @@ La fotocamera dello smartphone ha una lente con una lunghezza focale molto corta
L'occhio può vedere oggetti sia da lontano che da vicino. Questa proprietà è chiamata accomodazione.
-
+
La fotocamera dello smartphone può fare questo anche, ma si chiama autofocus. Descrive l'abilità di immaginare nitidamente oggetti a distanze diverse sul sensore.
-
+
L'immagine dall'oculare arriva in raggi paralleli, come se venisse dall'infinito. Hai osservato con un occhio rilassato (guardando in lontananza) o con una fotocamera focalizzata all'infinito.
@@ -135,4 +135,4 @@ L'immagine dall'oculare arriva in raggi paralleli, come se venisse dall'infinito
## Risultati del calcolo
-
\ No newline at end of file
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/it/06_troubleshoot.md b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/it/06_troubleshoot.md
similarity index 72%
rename from docs/usage/disc/corebox/it/06_troubleshoot.md
rename to docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/it/06_troubleshoot.md
index 637d7b5d0..dadd54592 100644
--- a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/it/06_troubleshoot.md
+++ b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/it/06_troubleshoot.md
@@ -10,34 +10,34 @@ title: Risoluzione problemi microscopio per smartphone
Può capitare che il risultato dell'imaging non sembri buono come potrebbe. Per questo forniamo una serie di spiegazioni per correggere questo
Nel complesso, con i componenti aggiornati, la configurazione dovrebbe sembrare qualcosa del genere:
-
+
## Condizione di imaging perfetta
-
+
## Modalità torcia sbagliata
-
-
+
+
- la torcia ha una funzione strana per fare il codice morse, questo non è utile, premi il pulsante un paio di volte per vedere la luce più brillante di tutte le diverse modalità
- Le strisce che vedi sono il battimento dell'intensità controllata da pwm e l'otturatore rotante della fotocamera
## Torcia troppo focalizzata
-
+
- La lente frontale della torcia può essere focalizzata - muovila per vedere un campione illuminato più o meno omogeneamente - questa è la condizione di Koehler quando il LED è a fuoco del condensatore che muovi
## Torcia troppo brillante
-
+
- usa un diffusore o batterie più vecchie
## Distanza tra Smartphone e Oculare troppo grande
-
+
-
+
- assicurati che la distanza tra telefono e oculare corrisponda
- la pupilla di uscita dell'oculare deve corrispondere alla pupilla di entrata del telefono
@@ -46,24 +46,24 @@ Nel complesso, con i componenti aggiornati, la configurazione dovrebbe sembrare
## Angolo obliquo tra Torcia e Campione (una specie di campo scuro)
-
+
-
+
- quando muovi la sorgente luminosa vedrai effetti come ombre o rilievi. Questo è dovuto al WOTF
## Imaging Ok con diffusore tra torcia e campione
-
+
- l'imaging incoerente riduce il contrasto ma dà un'illuminazione omogenea piacevole
## Sovraesposto ma buon imaging (illuminazione Koehler)
-
+
## Illuminazione obliqua (Campo scuro)
-
+
- illuminazione molto obliqua, nessuna luce diretta colpisce il sensore della fotocamera
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/it/07_Showcase.md b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/it/07_Showcase.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5aa831aaa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/it/07_Showcase.md
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+---
+id: Showcasing Smartphone Microscope ImagesIT
+title: Mostrando Immagini del Microscopio per Smartphone
+---
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/it/_category_.yml b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/it/_category_.yml
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/corebox/it/_category_.yml
rename to docs/usage/disc/corebox/ARCHIVE/it/_category_.yml
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/README.md b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/README.md
deleted file mode 100644
index a8709486f..000000000
--- a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/README.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-# CoreBox
-
-The Discovery Core Box is the foundation of the UC2 Discovery Series, perfect for classrooms, workshops, and self-learners exploring the basic principles of optics.
-
-We provide usage documentation in:
-
-- [English](./en/README.md)
-- [Italiano](./it/01_core_intro.md)
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/en/07_Showcase.md b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/en/07_Showcase.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 6d74fd2d3..000000000
--- a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/en/07_Showcase.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
----
-id: Showcasing Smartphone Microscope Images
-title: Showcasing Smartphone Microscope Images
----
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/IMAGES/converging-vs-diverging.png b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/IMAGES/converging-vs-diverging.png
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dfed6f348
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/IMAGES/converging-vs-diverging.png differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/IMAGES/finite-microscope.png b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/IMAGES/finite-microscope.png
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5a4ec2c42
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/IMAGES/finite-microscope.png differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/IMAGES/focal-length-method.png b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/IMAGES/focal-length-method.png
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..62ae57880
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/IMAGES/focal-length-method.png differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/IMAGES/galilean-telescope.png b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/IMAGES/galilean-telescope.png
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..167951660
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/IMAGES/galilean-telescope.png differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/IMAGES/generate_figures.py b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/IMAGES/generate_figures.py
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6bade0423
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/IMAGES/generate_figures.py
@@ -0,0 +1,638 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env python3
+"""
+generate_figures.py -- Visual assets for the openUC2 CoreBox school docs.
+
+Generates a gallery of static PNGs and animated GIFs that explain geometrical
+optics: focal length, ray construction through thin lenses, real vs. virtual
+images, the magnifier, the projector, Galilean and Kepler telescopes, and the
+finite vs. infinity-corrected microscope.
+
+Run: python3 generate_figures.py
+Out: figures are written next to this script (one file per concept;
+ a MANIFEST is printed at the end).
+
+Dependencies: numpy, matplotlib, pillow.
+Everything is self-contained and parameterised at the top so you can re-skin
+colours, resolution, or frame counts to taste. All ray tracing uses the thin
+lens model (1/f = 1/g + 1/b) with the German school sign convention:
+object distance g > 0 left of the lens, image distance b > 0 right of the
+lens (real image), b < 0 left of the lens (virtual image).
+"""
+
+from pathlib import Path
+import numpy as np
+import matplotlib
+matplotlib.use("Agg")
+import matplotlib.pyplot as plt
+from matplotlib.animation import FuncAnimation, PillowWriter
+from matplotlib.patches import FancyArrow
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Global style -- clean, classroom-friendly, colour-blind-safe
+# (same palette as the HoloBox figures)
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+OUT = Path(__file__).resolve().parent
+
+NAVY = "#1b2a4a" # axis / text
+TEAL = "#2a9d8f" # parallel ray / accent
+CORAL = "#e76f51" # focal ray / accent
+AMBER = "#e9c46a" # centre ray / highlight
+GREY = "#8d99ae" # secondary
+GREEN = "#41a044" # object arrow
+PURPLE = "#7b5ea7" # image arrow
+GIF_FPS = 18
+
+plt.rcParams.update({
+ "figure.facecolor": "white",
+ "savefig.facecolor": "white",
+ "font.size": 11,
+ "font.family": "DejaVu Sans",
+ "axes.edgecolor": NAVY,
+ "axes.labelcolor": NAVY,
+ "text.color": NAVY,
+ "xtick.color": NAVY,
+ "ytick.color": NAVY,
+ "axes.titleweight": "bold",
+})
+
+
+def _save_gif(anim, name, fps=GIF_FPS):
+ path = OUT / name
+ anim.save(path, writer=PillowWriter(fps=fps))
+ plt.close(anim._fig if hasattr(anim, "_fig") else plt.gcf())
+ print(f" GIF {name}")
+
+
+def _save_png(fig, name, dpi=150):
+ fig.savefig(OUT / name, dpi=dpi, bbox_inches="tight")
+ plt.close(fig)
+ print(f" PNG {name}")
+
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Drawing helpers
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+def draw_lens(ax, x=0.0, half_height=1.6, kind="convex", color=NAVY):
+ """Stylised thin lens: a vertical double-headed arrow.
+ Arrowheads point outward for a converging lens, inward for a diverging."""
+ style = "<->" if kind == "convex" else "]-["
+ if kind == "convex":
+ ax.annotate("", xy=(x, half_height), xytext=(x, -half_height),
+ arrowprops=dict(arrowstyle="<->", color=color, lw=2.5,
+ mutation_scale=22))
+ else:
+ ax.annotate("", xy=(x, half_height), xytext=(x, -half_height),
+ arrowprops=dict(arrowstyle="-", color=color, lw=2.5))
+ for y in (half_height, -half_height):
+ ax.annotate("", xy=(x, y - np.sign(y) * 0.32), xytext=(x, y),
+ arrowprops=dict(arrowstyle="<-", color=color, lw=2.5,
+ mutation_scale=18))
+ ax.plot([x], [0], marker="", color=color)
+
+
+def draw_axis(ax, x0, x1, color=GREY):
+ ax.axhline(0, color=color, lw=1, ls="--", zorder=0)
+ ax.set_xlim(x0, x1)
+ ax.set_yticks([])
+ ax.set_xticks([])
+ for s in ["top", "right", "left", "bottom"]:
+ ax.spines[s].set_visible(False)
+
+
+def draw_object(ax, x, h, color=GREEN, label="object"):
+ ax.annotate("", xy=(x, h), xytext=(x, 0),
+ arrowprops=dict(arrowstyle="-|>", color=color, lw=2.5,
+ mutation_scale=18))
+ if label:
+ ax.text(x, h + 0.12 * np.sign(h) + (0.08 if h > 0 else -0.28),
+ label, ha="center", color=color, fontweight="bold", fontsize=9)
+
+
+def image_pos(f, g):
+ """Thin lens equation. Returns image distance b (b<0 => virtual, same
+ side as the object) and lateral magnification (negative = inverted)."""
+ if np.isclose(g, f):
+ return np.inf, np.inf
+ b = 1.0 / (1.0 / f - 1.0 / g)
+ m = -b / g
+ return b, m
+
+
+def principal_rays(ax, f, g, h, alpha=1.0, virtual_ls=":"):
+ """Draw the three principal rays for an object of height h at distance g
+ left of a converging lens at x=0 with focal length f. Returns (b, m)."""
+ b, m = image_pos(f, g)
+ x_obj = -g
+ # 1. parallel ray: object tip -> lens (height h) -> through image-side focus
+ ax.plot([x_obj, 0], [h, h], color=TEAL, lw=2, alpha=alpha)
+ # 2. centre ray: straight through lens centre
+ # 3. focal ray: through object-side focus -> exits parallel at image height? no:
+ # exits parallel to axis at the height it hits the lens
+ h_at_lens_focal = h * (1 - (-x_obj) / (-x_obj - (-f))) if g != f else None
+ # height where the focal ray crosses the lens: line from (x_obj,h) through (-f,0)
+ if not np.isclose(g, f):
+ slope = (0 - h) / (-f - x_obj)
+ h_focal = h + slope * (0 - x_obj)
+ ax.plot([x_obj, 0], [h, h_focal], color=CORAL, lw=2, alpha=alpha)
+ if np.isfinite(b) and b > 0:
+ # real image: rays converge at (b, m*h)
+ y_img = m * h
+ ax.plot([0, b], [h, y_img], color=TEAL, lw=2, alpha=alpha)
+ ax.plot([x_obj, b], [h, y_img], color=AMBER, lw=2, alpha=alpha)
+ if not np.isclose(g, f):
+ ax.plot([0, b], [h_focal, h_focal], color=CORAL, lw=2, alpha=alpha)
+ ax.plot([b], [y_img], marker="")
+ elif np.isfinite(b) and b < 0:
+ # virtual image: extend outgoing rays backwards (dashed)
+ y_img = m * h
+ x_far = 3.2 * f
+ # parallel ray exits through image-side focus
+ slope_p = (0 - h) / (f - 0)
+ ax.plot([0, x_far], [h, h + slope_p * x_far], color=TEAL, lw=2, alpha=alpha)
+ ax.plot([0, b], [h, y_img], color=TEAL, lw=1.4, ls=virtual_ls, alpha=alpha)
+ # centre ray
+ slope_c = h / (-x_obj)
+ ax.plot([x_obj, x_far], [h, h + slope_c * (x_far - x_obj)],
+ color=AMBER, lw=2, alpha=alpha)
+ ax.plot([x_obj, b], [h, y_img], color=AMBER, lw=1.4, ls=virtual_ls,
+ alpha=alpha)
+ return b, m
+
+
+# ============================================================================
+# 1. Converging vs diverging lens (static)
+# ============================================================================
+def fig_converging_diverging():
+ fig, axes = plt.subplots(1, 2, figsize=(9.6, 3.4))
+ for ax, kind in zip(axes, ["convex", "concave"]):
+ draw_axis(ax, -4.2, 4.2)
+ draw_lens(ax, 0, 1.7, kind=kind)
+ f = 2.4
+ for y in (1.2, 0.6, -0.6, -1.2):
+ ax.plot([-4.0, 0], [y, y], color=TEAL, lw=2)
+ if kind == "convex":
+ # refracted towards the real focus at +f
+ x_end = 4.0
+ ax.plot([0, f], [y, 0], color=TEAL, lw=2)
+ slope = -y / f
+ ax.plot([f, x_end], [0, slope * (x_end - f)], color=TEAL, lw=2)
+ else:
+ # refracted as if coming from the virtual focus at -f
+ slope = y / f
+ x_end = 4.0
+ ax.plot([0, x_end], [y, y + slope * x_end], color=TEAL, lw=2)
+ ax.plot([0, -f], [y, 0], color=TEAL, lw=1.2, ls=":")
+ fx = f if kind == "convex" else -f
+ ax.plot(fx, 0, "o", color=CORAL, ms=9, zorder=5)
+ ax.annotate("F", (fx, -0.45), ha="center", color=CORAL,
+ fontweight="bold")
+ ax.plot(-fx, 0, "o", mfc="none", mec=CORAL, ms=9, zorder=5)
+ ax.set_ylim(-2.4, 2.4)
+ ax.set_title("Converging lens (+f)\nthicker in the middle"
+ if kind == "convex"
+ else "Diverging lens (−f)\nthinner in the middle",
+ fontsize=11)
+ if kind == "convex":
+ ax.text(f, 0.35, "real focus", color=CORAL, ha="center", fontsize=9)
+ else:
+ ax.text(-f, 0.35, "virtual focus", color=CORAL, ha="center",
+ fontsize=9)
+ fig.suptitle("Parallel rays after a lens: bundled vs. spread", y=1.04)
+ _save_png(fig, "converging-vs-diverging.png")
+
+
+# ============================================================================
+# 2. Finding the focal length (static)
+# ============================================================================
+def fig_focal_length_method():
+ fig, ax = plt.subplots(figsize=(8.6, 3.2))
+ draw_axis(ax, -5.0, 4.6)
+ draw_lens(ax, 0, 1.7)
+ f = 2.6
+ for y in (1.25, 0.7, -0.7, -1.25):
+ ax.plot([-4.8, 0], [y, y], color=TEAL, lw=2)
+ ax.plot([0, f], [y, 0], color=TEAL, lw=2)
+ # screen at focus
+ ax.plot([f, f], [-1.5, 1.5], color=NAVY, lw=5, solid_capstyle="round")
+ ax.text(f + 0.15, 1.3, "screen\n(sharp spot)", color=NAVY, fontsize=9)
+ ax.plot(f, 0, "o", color=CORAL, ms=9, zorder=6)
+ ax.annotate("", xy=(f, -1.9), xytext=(0, -1.9),
+ arrowprops=dict(arrowstyle="<->", color=CORAL, lw=2))
+ ax.text(f / 2, -2.25, "focal length f", color=CORAL, ha="center",
+ fontweight="bold")
+ ax.text(-4.6, 1.55, "light from a distant source\n(window, far lamp): "
+ "rays arrive almost parallel", fontsize=9, color=GREY)
+ ax.set_ylim(-2.6, 2.6)
+ ax.set_title("Measure a focal length: focus something far away onto a screen")
+ _save_png(fig, "focal-length-method.png")
+
+
+# ============================================================================
+# 3. Ray construction, real image (GIF: object distance sweep)
+# ============================================================================
+def gif_ray_construction():
+ f, h = 2.0, 1.0
+ fig, ax = plt.subplots(figsize=(9.2, 4.4))
+ fig._fig = fig
+
+ g_vals = np.concatenate([np.linspace(5.6, 2.6, 45),
+ np.linspace(2.6, 5.6, 45)])
+
+ def upd(i):
+ ax.clear()
+ g = g_vals[i]
+ draw_axis(ax, -6.2, 9.6)
+ draw_lens(ax, 0, 1.9)
+ for fx in (f, 2 * f, -f, -2 * f):
+ ax.plot(fx, 0, "o", color=CORAL if abs(fx) == f else GREY,
+ ms=7, zorder=5)
+ ax.annotate("F", (f, -0.5), ha="center", color=CORAL, fontweight="bold")
+ ax.annotate("2F", (2 * f, -0.5), ha="center", color=GREY)
+ ax.annotate("F", (-f, -0.5), ha="center", color=CORAL, fontweight="bold")
+ ax.annotate("2F", (-2 * f, -0.5), ha="center", color=GREY)
+ draw_object(ax, -g, h)
+ b, m = principal_rays(ax, f, g, h)
+ draw_object(ax, b, m * h, color=PURPLE, label="image")
+ ax.set_ylim(-4.2, 2.9)
+ ax.set_title("Where the three principal rays cross, the image forms")
+ ax.text(0.015, 0.04,
+ f"g = {g:.1f} b = {b:.1f} magnification = {abs(m):.1f}× "
+ f"(inverted)",
+ transform=ax.transAxes, fontsize=10, color=NAVY)
+ ax.text(0.015, 0.12,
+ "object closer to F → image farther away and larger",
+ transform=ax.transAxes, fontsize=9, color=GREY)
+ return []
+
+ anim = FuncAnimation(fig, upd, frames=len(g_vals), interval=60, blit=False)
+ _save_gif(anim, "ray-construction.gif", fps=15)
+
+
+# ============================================================================
+# 4. The magnifier: virtual image (GIF)
+# ============================================================================
+def gif_magnifier():
+ f, h = 2.0, 0.7
+ fig, ax = plt.subplots(figsize=(9.2, 4.6))
+ fig._fig = fig
+ g_vals = np.concatenate([np.linspace(1.0, 1.6, 40),
+ np.linspace(1.6, 1.0, 40)])
+
+ def upd(i):
+ ax.clear()
+ g = g_vals[i]
+ draw_axis(ax, -9.5, 6.6)
+ draw_lens(ax, 0, 1.9)
+ ax.plot(-f, 0, "o", color=CORAL, ms=7, zorder=5)
+ ax.plot(f, 0, "o", color=CORAL, ms=7, zorder=5)
+ ax.annotate("F", (-f, -0.5), ha="center", color=CORAL, fontweight="bold")
+ ax.annotate("F", (f, -0.5), ha="center", color=CORAL, fontweight="bold")
+ b, m = principal_rays(ax, f, g, h)
+ draw_object(ax, -g, h)
+ draw_object(ax, b, m * h, color=PURPLE, label="virtual image")
+ # eye on the right
+ ax.text(6.3, 1.9, "eye looks from here", fontsize=9, color=GREY,
+ ha="right")
+ ax.set_ylim(-2.2, 4.2)
+ ax.set_title("Magnifier: object inside the focal length → upright, "
+ "enlarged, virtual image")
+ ax.text(0.015, 0.04,
+ f"g = {g:.2f} < f = {f:.0f} magnification = {abs(m):.1f}× "
+ "(upright — dashed rays only *appear* to come from the image)",
+ transform=ax.transAxes, fontsize=9.5, color=NAVY)
+ return []
+
+ anim = FuncAnimation(fig, upd, frames=len(g_vals), interval=60, blit=False)
+ _save_gif(anim, "magnifier-virtual-image.gif", fps=15)
+
+
+# ============================================================================
+# 5. The projector (static, CoreBox numbers: f = 50 mm)
+# ============================================================================
+def fig_projector():
+ f = 50.0 # mm, the CoreBox 50 mm lens
+ g = 60.0 # mm
+ b, m = image_pos(f, g) # b = 300 mm, m = -5
+ scale = 1 / 30.0
+ h = 12.0
+ fig, ax = plt.subplots(figsize=(10.0, 4.2))
+ draw_axis(ax, -g * scale - 1.6, b * scale + 1.2)
+ # torch
+ ax.text(-g * scale - 1.5, 0.75, "torch", fontsize=9, color=GREY)
+ ax.plot([-g * scale - 1.35, -g * scale - 0.85], [0, 0], color=AMBER, lw=7,
+ solid_capstyle="round")
+ draw_lens(ax, 0, 1.6)
+ ax.text(0, 1.85, "50 mm lens", ha="center", fontsize=9, color=NAVY)
+ draw_object(ax, -g * scale, h * scale * 2.2, label="sample (object)")
+ bs, ms = b * scale, m
+ for x0, y0, x1, y1, c in [
+ (-g * scale, h * scale * 2.2, 0, h * scale * 2.2, TEAL),
+ (0, h * scale * 2.2, bs, ms * h * scale * 2.2, TEAL),
+ (-g * scale, h * scale * 2.2, bs, ms * h * scale * 2.2, AMBER),
+ ]:
+ ax.plot([x0, x1], [y0, y1], color=c, lw=2)
+ draw_object(ax, bs, ms * h * scale * 2.2, color=PURPLE,
+ label="")
+ ax.text(bs, ms * h * scale * 2.2 - 0.35, "real image:\nenlarged + inverted",
+ ha="center", va="top", color=PURPLE, fontweight="bold", fontsize=9)
+ # screen
+ ax.plot([bs + 0.06, bs + 0.06], [-5.2, 5.2], color=NAVY, lw=5,
+ solid_capstyle="round")
+ ax.text(bs + 0.25, 4.6, "wall /\nscreen", fontsize=9, color=NAVY)
+ # distance annotations
+ ax.annotate("", xy=(0, -5.6), xytext=(-g * scale, -5.6),
+ arrowprops=dict(arrowstyle="<->", color=GREY, lw=1.6))
+ ax.text(-g * scale / 2, -6.35, "g = 60 mm", ha="center", color=GREY,
+ fontsize=9)
+ ax.annotate("", xy=(bs, -5.6), xytext=(0, -5.6),
+ arrowprops=dict(arrowstyle="<->", color=GREY, lw=1.6))
+ ax.text(bs / 2, -6.35, "b = 300 mm", ha="center", color=GREY, fontsize=9)
+ ax.set_ylim(-7.2, 6.4)
+ ax.set_title("The projector: 1/f = 1/g + 1/b → "
+ "g = 60 mm, f = 50 mm ⇒ b = 300 mm, M = b/g = 5×")
+ _save_png(fig, "projector-real-image.png")
+
+
+# ============================================================================
+# 6. Lens equation curve (static)
+# ============================================================================
+def fig_lens_equation():
+ f = 50.0
+ g = np.linspace(51.5, 260, 500)
+ b = 1 / (1 / f - 1 / g)
+ fig, ax = plt.subplots(figsize=(7.6, 4.6))
+ ax.plot(g, b, color=NAVY, lw=2.5)
+ ax.axvline(f, color=CORAL, lw=1.5, ls="--")
+ ax.axvline(2 * f, color=GREY, lw=1.5, ls="--")
+ ax.axhline(2 * f, color=GREY, lw=1, ls=":")
+ ax.plot(2 * f, 2 * f, "o", color=AMBER, ms=10, zorder=5)
+ ax.text(2 * f + 4, 2 * f - 14, "g = 2f = b:\nimage same size (M = 1)",
+ fontsize=9, color=NAVY)
+ ax.text(f + 3, 380, "g → f:\nimage runs to infinity\n(magnifier regime "
+ "starts left of here)", fontsize=9, color=CORAL)
+ ax.text(160, 220, "g > 2f:\nimage smaller than object\n(camera regime)",
+ fontsize=9, color=GREY)
+ ax.text(62, 120, "f < g < 2f:\nimage enlarged\n(projector regime)",
+ fontsize=9, color=TEAL)
+ ax.set_xlabel("object distance g in mm")
+ ax.set_ylabel("image distance b in mm")
+ ax.set_ylim(0, 450)
+ ax.set_title("Lens equation for the 50 mm lens: 1/f = 1/g + 1/b")
+ for s in ["top", "right"]:
+ ax.spines[s].set_visible(False)
+ _save_png(fig, "lens-equation-50mm.png")
+
+
+# ============================================================================
+# 7. Galilean telescope (static)
+# ============================================================================
+def _parallel_bundle(ax, x0, x1, ys, angle, color, lw=2, ls="-"):
+ for y in ys:
+ ax.plot([x0, x1], [y, y + np.tan(angle) * (x1 - x0)], color=color,
+ lw=lw, ls=ls)
+
+
+def fig_galilean():
+ f1, f2 = 4.0, -2.0 # objective +100 mm, eyepiece -50 mm (scaled)
+ d = f1 + f2 # tube length = f1 - |f2| = 2.0
+ theta = np.deg2rad(3.2)
+ fig, ax = plt.subplots(figsize=(9.6, 4.0))
+ draw_axis(ax, -5.4, 5.6)
+ draw_lens(ax, 0, 1.75)
+ draw_lens(ax, d, 1.05, kind="concave")
+ ax.text(0, 2.0, "objective f₁ = +100 mm", ha="center", fontsize=9)
+ ax.text(d, 1.3, "eyepiece f₂ = −50 mm", ha="center", fontsize=9,
+ color=NAVY)
+ # incoming tilted parallel bundle
+ ys = np.array([0.9, 0.3, -0.3, -0.9])
+ x0 = -5.2
+ for y in ys:
+ y_lens = y + np.tan(theta) * (0 - x0)
+ ax.plot([x0, 0], [y, y_lens], color=TEAL, lw=2)
+ # would converge to focal plane of objective at x=f1,
+ # y = f1*tan(theta); eyepiece intercepts at x=d
+ y_focus = f1 * np.tan(theta)
+ y_eye = y_lens + (y_focus - y_lens) * (d / f1)
+ ax.plot([0, d], [y_lens, y_eye], color=TEAL, lw=2)
+ # after diverging eyepiece: parallel bundle at angle M*theta
+ theta_out = theta * (f1 / abs(f2))
+ ax.plot([d, 5.4], [y_eye, y_eye + np.tan(theta_out) * (5.4 - d)],
+ color=CORAL, lw=2)
+ # virtual crossing point
+ ax.plot(f1, f1 * np.tan(theta), "o", mfc="none", mec=GREY, ms=8)
+ ax.text(f1 + 0.1, f1 * np.tan(theta) + 0.18,
+ "shared focal point\n(behind the eyepiece!)", fontsize=8,
+ color=GREY)
+ ax.text(-5.1, 1.55, "from a distant object,\ntilt angle α", color=TEAL,
+ fontsize=9)
+ ax.text(5.4, -1.9, "to the eye: steeper angle β = 2α\n→ appears 2× larger, "
+ "upright", color=CORAL, fontsize=9, ha="right")
+ ax.set_ylim(-2.4, 2.6)
+ ax.set_title("Galilean telescope: M = f₁ / |f₂| = 100/50 = 2×, "
+ "short tube (f₁ − |f₂|)")
+ _save_png(fig, "galilean-telescope.png")
+
+
+# ============================================================================
+# 8. Kepler telescope (static)
+# ============================================================================
+def fig_kepler():
+ f1, f2 = 4.0, 2.0 # +100 mm and +50 mm (scaled)
+ d = f1 + f2
+ theta = np.deg2rad(3.2)
+ fig, ax = plt.subplots(figsize=(9.6, 4.0))
+ draw_axis(ax, -5.4, 9.4)
+ draw_lens(ax, 0, 1.75)
+ draw_lens(ax, d, 1.15)
+ ax.text(0, 2.0, "objective f₁ = +100 mm", ha="center", fontsize=9)
+ ax.text(d, 1.4, "eyepiece f₂ = +50 mm", ha="center", fontsize=9)
+ ys = np.array([0.9, 0.3, -0.3, -0.9])
+ x0 = -5.2
+ y_focus = f1 * np.tan(theta)
+ for y in ys:
+ y_lens = y + np.tan(theta) * (0 - x0)
+ ax.plot([x0, 0], [y, y_lens], color=TEAL, lw=2)
+ ax.plot([0, f1], [y_lens, y_focus], color=TEAL, lw=2)
+ # from intermediate image through eyepiece: exits parallel at angle
+ y_eye = y_focus + (y_lens - y_focus) * ((d - f1) / (0 - f1)) * -1
+ # simpler: ray continues straight from focus to eyepiece
+ slope = (y_focus - y_lens) / f1
+ y_eye = y_focus + slope * f2
+ ax.plot([f1, d], [y_focus, y_eye], color=TEAL, lw=2)
+ theta_out = -theta * (f1 / f2)
+ ax.plot([d, 9.2], [y_eye, y_eye + np.tan(theta_out) * (9.2 - d)],
+ color=CORAL, lw=2)
+ ax.plot(f1, y_focus, "o", color=PURPLE, ms=8, zorder=6)
+ ax.text(f1, y_focus - 0.35, "real intermediate image\n(shared focal plane "
+ "— catch it on paper!)", fontsize=8, color=PURPLE, ha="center",
+ va="top")
+ ax.text(9.2, 1.9, "to the eye: angle flipped\n→ 2× larger, upside-down",
+ color=CORAL, fontsize=9, ha="right")
+ ax.set_ylim(-2.6, 2.6)
+ ax.set_title("Kepler telescope: M = f₁ / f₂ = 100/50 = 2×, "
+ "long tube (f₁ + f₂), inverted image")
+ _save_png(fig, "kepler-telescope.png")
+
+
+# ============================================================================
+# 9. Finite microscope (static)
+# ============================================================================
+def fig_finite_microscope():
+ fig, ax = plt.subplots(figsize=(10.2, 4.2))
+ f_obj, tube, f_eye = 1.0, 5.0, 1.4
+ x_obj = -1.28 # just outside f_obj -> real image at "tube length"
+ b, m = image_pos(f_obj, -x_obj)
+ draw_axis(ax, -2.6, b + f_eye + 3.4)
+ draw_lens(ax, 0, 1.1)
+ ax.text(0, 1.35, "4× objective\n(short f)", ha="center", fontsize=9)
+ h = 0.28
+ draw_object(ax, x_obj, h, label="sample")
+ y_img = m * h
+ ax.plot([x_obj, 0], [h, h], color=TEAL, lw=2)
+ ax.plot([0, b], [h, y_img], color=TEAL, lw=2)
+ ax.plot([x_obj, b], [h, y_img], color=AMBER, lw=2)
+ draw_object(ax, b, y_img, color=PURPLE, label="")
+ ax.text(b, y_img - 0.25, "real intermediate image\n(160 mm behind the "
+ "objective)", ha="center", va="top", fontsize=8.5, color=PURPLE)
+
+ draw_lens(ax, b + f_eye, 0.95)
+ ax.text(b + f_eye, 1.2, "eyepiece\n(acts as magnifier)", ha="center",
+ fontsize=9)
+ # from intermediate image to lens we need a diverging bundle, so the rays are drawn as if they came from a virtual object
+ ax.plot([b, b + f_eye], [y_img, y_img * 0.17], color=TEAL, lw=2)
+ ax.plot([b, b + f_eye], [y_img, y_img * 0.37], color=AMBER, lw=2)
+ ax.plot([b, b + f_eye], [y_img, y_img * 0.5], color=CORAL, lw=2)
+ ax.plot([b, b + f_eye], [y_img, y_img * 0.], color=PURPLE, lw=2)
+ # eyepiece output: parallel bundle
+ for dy in (0.35,-0.15, 0.0, 0.15):
+ ax.plot([b + f_eye, b + f_eye + 2.6],
+ [y_img * 0.35 + dy, y_img * 0.35 + dy + 0.75], color=CORAL,
+ lw=1.8)
+ ax.text(b + f_eye + 2.7, y_img * 0.35 + 1.2, "to the relaxed eye",
+ color=CORAL, fontsize=9, ha="right")
+ ax.annotate("", xy=(b, -1.35), xytext=(0, -1.35),
+ arrowprops=dict(arrowstyle="<->", color=GREY, lw=1.6))
+ ax.text(b / 2, -1.7, 'fixed tube length ("160" printed on the objective)',
+ ha="center", color=GREY, fontsize=9)
+ ax.set_ylim(-2.1, 2.1)
+ ax.set_title("Finite-corrected microscope: M = M_objective × M_eyepiece")
+ _save_png(fig, "finite-microscope.png")
+
+
+# ============================================================================
+# 10. Infinity microscope (static)
+# ============================================================================
+def fig_infinity_microscope():
+ fig, ax = plt.subplots(figsize=(10.6, 4.2))
+ f_obj, f_tube, f_eye = 1.0, 2.0, 1.0
+ x_tube = 3.6
+ draw_axis(ax, -2.4, x_tube + f_tube + f_eye + 3.2)
+ draw_lens(ax, 0, 1.2)
+ ax.text(0, 1.45, "objective f = 50 mm\n(sample in its focus)",
+ ha="center", fontsize=9)
+ h = 0.25
+ draw_object(ax, -f_obj, h, label="sample")
+ # rays from the object tip exit the objective as a tilted parallel bundle
+ slope = -h / f_obj
+ ys = (0.75, 0.3, -0.1)
+ for y_hit in ys:
+ ax.plot([-f_obj, 0], [h, y_hit], color=TEAL, lw=2)
+ ax.plot([0, x_tube], [y_hit, y_hit + slope * x_tube], color=TEAL, lw=2)
+ ax.text(x_tube / 2 + 0.2, -1.85, "parallel rays — the “infinity space”\n"
+ "(filters etc. can go here, distance doesn't matter)",
+ ha="center", fontsize=9, color=TEAL)
+ draw_lens(ax, x_tube, 1.2)
+
+ ax.text(x_tube, 1.45, "tube lens\nf = 100 mm", ha="center", fontsize=9)
+ # tube lens focuses the tilted parallel bundle into its focal plane,
+ # at height slope * f_tube
+ y_img = slope * f_tube
+ for y_hit in ys:
+ y_at_tube = y_hit + slope * x_tube
+ ax.plot([x_tube, x_tube + f_tube], [y_at_tube, y_img], color=TEAL, lw=2)
+
+ # from intermediate image to lens we need a diverging bundle, so the rays are drawn as if they came from a virtual object
+ b = x_tube + f_tube
+ ax.plot([b, b + f_eye], [y_img, y_img * 0.4], color=TEAL, lw=2)
+ ax.plot([b, b + f_eye], [y_img, y_img * 0.8], color=AMBER, lw=2)
+ ax.plot([b, b + f_eye], [y_img, - y_img * 0.4], color=CORAL, lw=2)
+ ax.plot([b, b + f_eye], [y_img, y_img * 0.], color=PURPLE, lw=2)
+
+ draw_object(ax, x_tube + f_tube, slope * f_tube, color=PURPLE, label="")
+ ax.text(x_tube + f_tube, slope * f_tube - 0.25,
+ "intermediate image", ha="center", va="top", fontsize=8.5,
+ color=PURPLE)
+ draw_lens(ax, x_tube + f_tube + f_eye, 0.9)
+ ax.text(x_tube + f_tube + f_eye, 1.15, "eyepiece", ha="center", fontsize=9)
+ for dy in (-0.12, 0.0, 0.12):
+ ax.plot([x_tube + f_tube + f_eye, x_tube + f_tube + f_eye + 2.2],
+ [slope * f_tube * 0.4 + dy, slope * f_tube * 0.4 + dy + 0.6],
+ color=CORAL, lw=1.8)
+ ax.text(x_tube + f_tube + f_eye + 2.3, slope * f_tube * 0.4 + 1.0,
+ "to the eye", color=CORAL, fontsize=9, ha="right")
+ ax.set_ylim(-2.4, 2.1)
+ ax.set_title("Infinity-corrected microscope: "
+ "M_objective = f_tube / f_objective = 100/50 = 2×")
+ _save_png(fig, "infinity-microscope.png")
+
+
+# ============================================================================
+# 11. Why "infinity" is useful (GIF: tube lens slides, image stays sharp)
+# ============================================================================
+def gif_infinity_space():
+ f_obj, f_tube = 1.0, 2.0
+ h = 0.2
+ slope = -h / f_obj
+ fig, ax = plt.subplots(figsize=(9.6, 3.8))
+ fig._fig = fig
+ d_vals = np.concatenate([np.linspace(2.2, 4.4, 40),
+ np.linspace(4.4, 2.2, 40)])
+
+ def upd(i):
+ ax.clear()
+ d = d_vals[i]
+ draw_axis(ax, -2.2, 7.6)
+ draw_lens(ax, 0, 1.3)
+ ax.text(0, 1.5, "objective", ha="center", fontsize=9)
+ draw_object(ax, -f_obj, h, label="sample")
+ # the parallel bundle with this slope focuses at height slope*f_tube
+ y_img = slope * f_tube
+ for y_hit in (0.55, 0.15, -0.25):
+ ax.plot([-f_obj, 0], [h, y_hit], color=TEAL, lw=2)
+ ax.plot([0, d], [y_hit, y_hit + slope * d], color=TEAL, lw=2)
+ y_at_tube = y_hit + slope * d
+ ax.plot([d, d + f_tube], [y_at_tube, y_img], color=TEAL, lw=2)
+ draw_lens(ax, d, 1.3)
+ ax.text(d, -1.45, "tube lens (try moving it!)", ha="center",
+ fontsize=9)
+ draw_object(ax, d + f_tube, y_img, color=PURPLE, label="image")
+ ax.set_ylim(-1.9, 1.9)
+ ax.set_title("Between objective and tube lens the rays are parallel —\n"
+ "the image stays identical while the distance changes")
+ return []
+
+ anim = FuncAnimation(fig, upd, frames=len(d_vals), interval=60, blit=False)
+ _save_gif(anim, "infinity-space.gif", fps=15)
+
+
+# ============================================================================
+# main
+# ============================================================================
+if __name__ == "__main__":
+ print(f"Writing figures to {OUT}\n")
+ '''
+ fig_converging_diverging()
+ fig_focal_length_method()
+ gif_ray_construction()
+ gif_magnifier()
+ fig_projector()
+ fig_lens_equation()
+ fig_galilean()
+ gif_infinity_space()
+ print("\nMANIFEST")
+ fig_finite_microscope()
+ fig_infinity_microscope()
+ '''
+ fig_kepler()
+ for p in sorted(OUT.glob("*.png")) + sorted(OUT.glob("*.gif")):
+ print(f" {p.name}")
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/IMAGES/infinity-microscope.png b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/IMAGES/infinity-microscope.png
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..aff142692
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/IMAGES/infinity-microscope.png differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/IMAGES/infinity-space.gif b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/IMAGES/infinity-space.gif
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0c617f6c4
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/IMAGES/infinity-space.gif differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/IMAGES/kepler-telescope.png b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/IMAGES/kepler-telescope.png
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a9d6feff2
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/IMAGES/kepler-telescope.png differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/IMAGES/lens-equation-50mm.png b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/IMAGES/lens-equation-50mm.png
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f6d15bfce
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/IMAGES/lens-equation-50mm.png differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/IMAGES/magnifier-virtual-image.gif b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/IMAGES/magnifier-virtual-image.gif
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9981a21f6
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/IMAGES/magnifier-virtual-image.gif differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/IMAGES/projector-real-image.png b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/IMAGES/projector-real-image.png
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ebe503b24
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/IMAGES/projector-real-image.png differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/IMAGES/ray-construction.gif b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/IMAGES/ray-construction.gif
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6fbb2c1af
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/IMAGES/ray-construction.gif differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/_category_.yml b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/_category_.yml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a98925a76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/_category_.yml
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+label: Explanation
+position: 3
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/how-a-microscope-works.md b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/how-a-microscope-works.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..39ffd6fe9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/how-a-microscope-works.md
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+---
+title: How a microscope works
+sidebar_position: 4
+description: Two-stage magnification, finite vs. infinity-corrected optics, what the numbers on the objective mean, and why NA limits what you can see.
+---
+
+# How a microscope works
+
+*Understanding-oriented. The deepest page of the CoreBox docs — worth it, because
+after this you understand every research microscope you'll ever meet.*
+
+A microscope is not "a stronger magnifying glass". It magnifies in **two stages**:
+an **objective** forms an enlarged real image of the sample, and an **eyepiece**
+magnifies that image again, like a loupe. Total magnification is the product:
+
+$$M_\text{total} = M_\text{objective} \times M_\text{eyepiece}$$
+
+The two microscope architectures in the CoreBox differ only in *how the objective
+forms that first image.*
+
+## The classical way: finite optics
+
+
+
+The sample sits **just outside** the focal length of a short-f objective — the
+"projector regime" pushed to the extreme
+([see How images form](./how-images-form.md)). The objective casts a strongly
+enlarged, real **intermediate image** at a fixed distance: the **tube length**,
+160 mm by DIN convention, printed right on the barrel.
+
+The CoreBox 4× objective works this way. Its magnification is fixed by design
+(that's the "4×"), and the eyepiece adds its loupe factor:
+
+$$M_\text{total} = 4 \times \frac{250\ \text{mm}}{f_\text{eyepiece}}$$
+
+The catch: the geometry is **rigid**. The intermediate image must land exactly
+160 mm away, so you cannot insert filters or extra optics into the tube without
+shifting the image and breaking the objective's built-in aberration corrections.
+
+## The modern way: infinity optics
+
+
+
+Put the sample **exactly in the focal plane** of the objective and something
+interesting happens: every point of the sample turns into a **parallel bundle** of
+rays — the image "forms at infinity", i.e. nowhere yet. A second lens, the **tube
+lens**, then focuses those bundles into the real intermediate image.
+
+The objective magnification is now a *ratio of focal lengths*:
+
+$$M_\text{objective} = \frac{f_\text{tube}}{f_\text{objective}}$$
+
+In the [CoreBox build](../how-to/build-the-infinity-microscope.md): 100 mm / 50 mm =
+2×, and with the 50 mm eyepiece (250/50 = 5×) a total of **10×**.
+
+### Why bother? The infinity space
+
+Between objective and tube lens the light is parallel — and parallel rays don't
+care how far they travel:
+
+
+
+You can stretch this **"infinity space"** and, more importantly, fill it with flat
+optical components — colour filters, polarizers, beam splitters, fluorescence filter
+cubes — **without shifting the image at all**. Every current research microscope
+(Zeiss, Leica, Nikon, Olympus — with tube lens focal lengths of 165/200/200/180 mm
+respectively) is built this way for exactly this reason. When you slide the tube
+lens back and forth in your CoreBox build and the image refuses to move, you are
+seeing the design principle of a €300,000 confocal microscope.
+
+## Decoding the objective
+
+The numbers engraved on the 4× objective:
+
+| Marking | Meaning |
+|---|---|
+| **4×** | magnification (at the design tube length) |
+| **0.10** | numerical aperture (NA) — see below |
+| **160** | designed for 160 mm finite tube length ("∞" would mean infinity-corrected) |
+| **0.17** | designed for a 0.17 mm cover slip |
+
+Objectives up to 4× are often a single lens; higher magnifications hide entire
+multi-lens systems in the barrel to fight aberrations.
+
+## Numerical aperture: the real limit
+
+Magnification you can always add — a shorter eyepiece, digital zoom. What you
+**cannot** add afterwards is *detail*. The detail limit is set by the **numerical
+aperture**, the sine of the half-angle of the light cone the objective accepts:
+
+$$d_\text{min} \approx \frac{\lambda}{2\,\text{NA}}$$
+
+For the CoreBox objective (NA 0.1, green light λ ≈ 550 nm):
+$d_\text{min} \approx 2.8$ µm. Structures closer together than that merge into mush,
+no matter how much you magnify — magnification beyond what the NA supports is
+called **empty magnification**. (Why a light cone limits detail is a wave-optics
+story — diffraction — and the [HoloBox](../../holobox/index.md) picks it up from
+there.)
+
+This one number explains the economics of microscopy: high-NA objectives need many
+precisely made lenses in a tight cone above the sample — that is what you pay for,
+not the magnification printed next to it.
+
+## The eyepiece, briefly
+
+An eyepiece is a magnifier for the intermediate image. The CoreBox ships a
+**Ramsden eyepiece**: two identical plano-convex lenses a set distance apart. Versus
+a single lens it gives a flatter, wider field with fewer colour errors at the edge —
+compare them yourself in the
+[smartphone microscope](../tutorials/your-first-microscope.md#try-this). The bright
+little disc of light floating above the eyepiece (find it with a paper screen!) is
+the **exit pupil** — your eye's pupil, or the phone camera, must sit exactly there,
+which is why [phone positioning](../how-to/troubleshoot-the-smartphone-microscope.md)
+is so fussy.
+
+## Where this shows up in the CoreBox
+
+| Idea on this page | You'll meet it in… |
+|---|---|
+| Finite optics, tube length | [Build the finite microscope](../how-to/build-the-finite-microscope.md) |
+| Infinity space | [Build the infinity microscope](../how-to/build-the-infinity-microscope.md) |
+| Two-stage magnification | [Calibrate the magnification](../how-to/calibrate-magnification.md) |
+| Exit pupil | [Troubleshooting](../how-to/troubleshoot-the-smartphone-microscope.md) |
+
+---
+
+**Want wave optics next?** The CoreBox deliberately stops where geometrical optics
+stops. Interference, diffraction and holography live in the
+[HoloBox documentation](../../holobox/index.md).
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/how-images-form.md b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/how-images-form.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..82219d0dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/how-images-form.md
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+---
+title: How images form
+sidebar_position: 2
+description: Real vs. virtual images, the lens equation, and why the same 50 mm lens is a projector at one distance and a magnifier at another.
+---
+
+# How images form
+
+*Understanding-oriented. The single most useful page in this documentation: one lens,
+one formula, every regime.*
+
+The same 50 mm lens projects a cinema-style image onto the wall **or** works as a
+magnifying glass — depending only on **how far away the object is**. This page
+explains why.
+
+## The ray construction, animated
+
+Take an object (green arrow), draw the [three principal rays](./light-rays-and-lenses.md#three-rays-you-can-always-draw)
+from its tip, and the image sits where they cross. Watch what happens as the object
+moves closer to the focal point:
+
+
+
+Two things to notice:
+
+- The image is **upside-down** (and left-right swapped). Rays from the top of the
+ object end up at the bottom — an unavoidable property of a converging lens.
+- As the object approaches **F**, the image races away and grows. *At* F it
+ disappears to infinity.
+
+## Real vs. virtual — the most important distinction in optics
+
+A **real image** exists where light rays actually meet. You can put a screen there
+and see it — the [projector](../tutorials/from-lens-to-projector.md) does exactly
+that.
+
+A **virtual image** is different: the rays never meet, they only *appear to come
+from* a common point when your eye traces them backwards. You can see a virtual
+image by looking into the lens — but a screen at its position shows nothing,
+because no light is there.
+
+Move the object **inside** the focal length and the real image is gone; instead an
+upright, enlarged, virtual image appears — the **magnifier effect**:
+
+
+
+## The lens equation
+
+All of this — position, size, orientation — follows from one formula relating focal
+length $f$, object distance $g$ and image distance $b$:
+
+$$\frac{1}{f} = \frac{1}{g} + \frac{1}{b}$$
+
+with the lateral magnification
+
+$$M = \frac{b}{g}$$
+
+Here is the whole behaviour of the 50 mm lens in one curve:
+
+
+
+| Object distance | Image | Instrument |
+|---|---|---|
+| $g > 2f$ | real, inverted, **smaller** | camera, eye |
+| $g = 2f$ | real, inverted, **same size** | 1:1 relay |
+| $f < g < 2f$ | real, inverted, **enlarged** | **projector**, microscope objective |
+| $g = f$ | no image (rays parallel) | collimator, "infinity" |
+| $g < f$ | virtual, upright, enlarged | **magnifier**, eyepiece |
+
+## The projector, quantitatively
+
+
+
+With the sample 60 mm from the 50 mm lens, the equation predicts the image 300 mm
+away and 5× enlarged — and that's what you measure in the
+[tutorial](../tutorials/from-lens-to-projector.md). A cinema projector is the same
+diagram with $g$ only a hair above $f$: tiny film frame, huge wall, $M$ in the
+hundreds.
+
+## Why does the magnifier magnify?
+
+What limits how big something looks is the **angle** it takes up at your eye. You
+can enlarge that angle by bringing the object closer — but closer than about 250 mm
+(the standard "near point"), your eye can no longer focus.
+
+The magnifier's trick: with the object inside the focal length, the lens creates a
+virtual image **far away** that your relaxed eye can comfortably focus — while
+covering the *large angle* of the close-up object. The standard measure compares
+against the 250 mm near point:
+
+$$M_\text{magnifier} = \frac{250\ \text{mm}}{f}$$
+
+So the 50 mm lens gives 5×, the 100 mm lens 2.5× — and the 4× microscope objective
+(f = 32 mm) used as a loupe about 8×. Shorter focal length, more magnification;
+that's the entire arms race of microscopy in one sentence.
+
+:::note ✏️ TODO — Benedict
+Confirm f = 32 mm for the shipped 4× objective (stated in the old docs; a 160 mm
+DIN 4× objective would nominally be nearer 40 mm).
+:::
+
+## Where this shows up in the CoreBox
+
+| Idea on this page | You'll meet it in… |
+|---|---|
+| Real image + lens equation | [From lens to projector](../tutorials/from-lens-to-projector.md) |
+| Real intermediate image | [Build a telescope](../tutorials/build-a-telescope.md) (Kepler), every microscope |
+| Virtual image / magnifier | every eyepiece in the box |
+| $g = f$: parallel rays | [infinity microscope](../how-to/build-the-infinity-microscope.md) |
+
+---
+
+**Next:** [How telescopes work →](./how-telescopes-work.md)
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/how-telescopes-work.md b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/how-telescopes-work.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4a04472f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/how-telescopes-work.md
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+---
+title: How telescopes work
+sidebar_position: 3
+description: Galilean vs. Kepler — how two lenses make distant things look closer, why the magnification is f₁/f₂, and why Kepler flips the image.
+---
+
+# How telescopes work
+
+*Understanding-oriented. Read after (or instead of) building —
+[the tutorial](../tutorials/build-a-telescope.md) is the hands-on version.*
+
+A telescope does something odd if you think about it: the Moon is no brighter and no
+closer after you build one. What a telescope really enlarges is the **angle** under
+which you see things.
+
+## Angles are everything
+
+A distant object sends you practically **parallel rays**, arriving at some small
+angle α to the axis. Your eye turns that angle into image size on the retina. A
+telescope is an *angle amplifier*: parallel rays in at angle α, parallel rays out at
+a larger angle β. The magnification is
+
+$$M = \frac{\beta}{\alpha} = \frac{f_\text{objective}}{f_\text{eyepiece}}$$
+
+Both CoreBox telescopes use the 100 mm objective, so with the 50 mm (or −50 mm)
+eyepiece both give **M = 2**. The *way* they do it differs — and that difference
+decides image orientation, tube length and field of view.
+
+## The Galilean telescope: intercept before the focus
+
+
+
+The objective starts bundling the rays towards its focal point — but the
+**diverging eyepiece intercepts them first** and straightens them out again. The
+two focal points coincide *behind* the eyepiece, so the tube is short:
+$f_1 - |f_2| = 50$ mm.
+
+Because the rays never cross, **the image stays upright** — which is why opera
+glasses and cheap binoculars-toys use this design. The price: no real intermediate
+image exists, the field of view is small, and high magnification is impractical.
+
+## The Kepler telescope: go through the focus
+
+
+
+Here the objective is allowed to finish the job: the rays **cross** in the shared
+focal plane and form a **real intermediate image** — tiny, floating in the middle of
+the tube, upside-down (as every real image is,
+[see previous page](./how-images-form.md)). The converging eyepiece then works as a
+magnifier looking at that image.
+
+Consequences:
+
+- The tube is long: $f_1 + f_2 = 150$ mm.
+- The image is **inverted** — the eyepiece magnifies but doesn't un-flip.
+- The intermediate image is a real place: you can put a paper screen there (try
+ it!), or crosshairs — which is why rifle scopes and measuring telescopes are
+ Kepler designs.
+- Field of view and achievable magnification beat the Galilean, which is why
+ **astronomy uses Kepler** — stars don't mind being upside-down.
+
+## Side-by-side
+
+| | Galilean | Kepler |
+|---|---|---|
+| Eyepiece | diverging (−50 mm) | converging (+50 mm) |
+| Tube length | $f_1 - \lvert f_2\rvert$ = 50 mm | $f_1 + f_2$ = 150 mm |
+| Image | upright | inverted |
+| Intermediate image | none | real, accessible |
+| Field of view | small | larger |
+| Used in | opera glasses | astronomy, scopes |
+
+## Making Kepler upright again: the spotting scope
+
+Insert a third converging lens behind the intermediate image at 1:1 ([$g = 2f$](./how-images-form.md#the-lens-equation))
+and it re-inverts the image without changing the magnification — the classical
+**terrestrial telescope**. It works in the CoreBox but gets long; real binoculars
+solve the same problem compactly with prisms.
+
+## Two questions worth asking in class
+
+- **Why not just use a stronger eyepiece for more magnification?** Try it: swap the
+ Kepler eyepiece for a shorter focal length. The image grows — and gets darker,
+ dimmer, shakier. Magnification without more collected light is empty.
+- **What does the objective diameter do?** It collects light and sets resolution.
+ That's why observatories build mirrors measured in metres — and why the same idea
+ returns as **numerical aperture** in the
+ [microscope](./how-a-microscope-works.md).
+
+---
+
+**Next:** [How a microscope works →](./how-a-microscope-works.md)
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/light-rays-and-lenses.md b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/light-rays-and-lenses.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..60cbf9883
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/explanation/light-rays-and-lenses.md
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+---
+title: Light rays and lenses
+sidebar_position: 1
+description: The ray model of light, what focal length really means, and how converging and diverging lenses differ — without university maths.
+---
+
+# Light rays and lenses
+
+*Understanding-oriented. No equipment needed — read this before you build.*
+
+Every experiment in the CoreBox rests on one simple model: **light travels in
+straight lines, and lenses bend those lines in a predictable way.** This page
+explains that model — it's all you need for magnifiers, projectors, telescopes and
+microscopes.
+
+## Light as rays
+
+Light is physically a wave (the [HoloBox](../../holobox/index.md) is all about
+that), but for lenses and mirrors a simpler picture works astonishingly well: draw
+light as **rays** — arrows that travel in straight lines until something bends them.
+
+This is called **geometrical optics**. Its two ground rules:
+
+1. In air, rays go **straight**.
+2. At a lens, rays are **refracted** (bent) — glass slows light down, and the curved
+ surface turns that slowdown into a change of direction.
+
+## Focal length: the one number that defines a lens
+
+Send rays **parallel to the axis** into a converging lens and they all cross at one
+point: the **focal point F**. Its distance from the lens is the **focal length f**,
+given in millimetres and printed on every CoreBox lens holder (50, 100, −50).
+
+
+
+- A **converging lens** (+f) is **thicker in the middle**. Parallel rays are bundled
+ into a **real focus** behind the lens — you can catch it on paper (that's also how
+ you [measure f](../how-to/measure-a-focal-length.md)).
+- A **diverging lens** (−f) is **thinner in the middle**. Parallel rays spread out as
+ if they came from a **virtual focus** *in front of* the lens. Nothing to catch on
+ paper — but your eye can follow the spread-out rays back and "sees" that point.
+
+:::tip Feel it with your hands
+Sunlight (parallel rays!) through the 50 mm lens makes a hot bright dot at 5 cm.
+The −50 mm lens never makes a dot, no matter how you hold it. That's the entire
+difference in one experiment — with the usual warning: **never look at the sun
+through any lens.**
+:::
+
+A handy way to compare lens strength is **optical power** $D = 1/f$ (f in metres),
+measured in **dioptres** — the number on glasses prescriptions. The 50 mm lens has
++20 dpt, the 100 mm lens +10 dpt, the −50 mm lens −20 dpt. Shorter focal length =
+stronger lens.
+
+## The thin-lens simplification
+
+Real lenses have thickness, two curved surfaces, and imperfections. For everything
+in the CoreBox we treat each lens as a **thin lens**: a single flat plane that bends
+rays, described *completely* by its focal length. This is why we can draw clean
+diagrams and calculate with one small formula ([next page](./how-images-form.md)).
+
+Where the simplification leaks, you can *see* it in your builds:
+
+- **Chromatic aberration:** glass bends blue light slightly more than red, so each
+ colour has its own focal point — the colour fringes at high-contrast edges.
+- **Spherical aberration:** rays through the lens edge focus slightly closer than
+ rays through the centre — the image can't be perfectly sharp everywhere at once.
+ This is also why **lens orientation matters** in your builds: with the curved side
+ facing the parallel beam, the bending is shared between the two surfaces and the
+ error shrinks.
+
+Finding these errors in your own setup is not failure — it's exactly what optical
+engineers are paid to fight.
+
+## Three rays you can always draw
+
+For any object and any thin lens, three special rays are enough to construct the
+image (watch them at work in the animation on the
+[next page](./how-images-form.md)):
+
+1. The **parallel ray** — runs parallel to the axis, then bends through the
+ image-side focal point.
+2. The **centre ray** — passes through the lens centre **unbent**.
+3. The **focal ray** — passes through the object-side focal point, then leaves the
+ lens parallel to the axis.
+
+Where they cross, the image is. That construction — nothing more — explains every
+instrument in this box.
+
+## Where this shows up in the CoreBox
+
+| Idea on this page | You'll meet it in… |
+|---|---|
+| Focal length | [Measure a focal length](../how-to/measure-a-focal-length.md) |
+| Converging lens forms real images | [From lens to projector](../tutorials/from-lens-to-projector.md) |
+| Diverging lens | Galilean eyepiece in [Build a telescope](../tutorials/build-a-telescope.md) |
+| Ray construction | [How images form](./how-images-form.md) |
+
+---
+
+**Next:** [How images form →](./how-images-form.md)
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/for-teachers.md b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/for-teachers.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f6c1c7a09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/for-teachers.md
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+---
+title: For teachers
+sidebar_position: 5
+description: Lesson plans (8 lessons), KMK competency mapping, classroom organisation and preparation checklists — the CoreBox teaching concept in one page.
+---
+
+# Teaching with the CoreBox
+
+*For teachers planning a unit. This page condenses the full German teaching concept ("Didaktikkonzept – CoreBox openUC2: **Lichtwelten entdecken**" available upon email request). Students don't need to read it.*
+
+
+## At a glance
+
+| | |
+|---|---|
+| Target group | Sekundarstufe I (Kl. 5–10); extensions for Sek II |
+| Scope | 1–8 lessons, modular — single lessons, double lessons, project days, MINT clubs |
+| Subjects | Physics; optional Biology (microscopy) and CS (digital imaging) |
+| Group size | 2–3 students per box |
+| Room | normal classroom; dimmable helps for the projector lesson |
+| Safety | **no laser, no heat source** in the box; only rule: never look at the sun through optics |
+
+The guiding idea: **"Optik begreifen, indem man sie baut"**: students understand optics because they construct every instrument themselves, see every change of distance or lens produce a visible effect, and treat errors (blurry, upside-down, misaligned) as findable causes rather than failures.
+
+## Why build instead of using a finished microscope?
+
+1. **Construction creates understanding**: ray paths aren't hidden in a housing.
+2. **Modularity invites experiments**: every distance, lens and light can be varied.
+3. **Errors become teachable**: a blurry or flipped image has a discoverable reason.
+4. **Digital integration**: smartphone/tablet microscopy the way real labs do it.
+5. **Competency-oriented (KMK)**: supports Erkenntnisgewinnung, Fachwissen,
+ Kommunikation and Bewertung in one material.
+
+**What the CoreBox is *not*:** a precision optical bench. Compared to laboratory cage systems the builds are (deliberately) more playful and less rigid. The point is *seeing the principles with modest means*, not metrology. For university lab courses, treat it as an introductory / at-home / first-semester tool rather than a replacement for precision optics training.
+
+## Prerequisites
+
+**Required** (usually covered in class 5–6): light travels in straight lines; shadow formation; describing observations; basic experimental habits.
+**Helpful:** first experience with magnifiers; terms like ray, object, image.
+**Not needed:** lens equation, any mathematics beyond mm-measurements.
+
+## The eight lessons
+
+Each lesson pairs an experiment (tutorial/how-to page) with an explanation page.
+Order and selection are modular — the sequence below is the tested build-up.
+
+| # | Lesson | Build | Background page |
+|---|---|---|---|
+| 1 | Introduction: the magnifier | [From lens to projector](./tutorials/from-lens-to-projector.md), steps 1–2 | [Light rays and lenses](./explanation/light-rays-and-lenses.md) |
+| 2 | Converging vs. diverging lenses | lens comparison + [measure a focal length](./how-to/measure-a-focal-length.md) | [Light rays and lenses](./explanation/light-rays-and-lenses.md) |
+| 3 | Image formation: the projector | [From lens to projector](./tutorials/from-lens-to-projector.md), steps 3–4 | [How images form](./explanation/how-images-form.md) |
+| 4 | Consolidation: image formation | projector variations, quantitative check of $1/f = 1/g + 1/b$ | [How images form](./explanation/how-images-form.md) |
+| 5 | Telescopes: Galilei & Kepler | [Build a telescope](./tutorials/build-a-telescope.md) | [How telescopes work](./explanation/how-telescopes-work.md) |
+| 6 | The classical (finite) microscope | [Build the finite microscope](./how-to/build-the-finite-microscope.md) | [How a microscope works](./explanation/how-a-microscope-works.md) |
+| 7 | The modern microscope: infinity optics | [Build the infinity microscope](./how-to/build-the-infinity-microscope.md) | [How a microscope works](./explanation/how-a-microscope-works.md) |
+| 8 | Smartphone microscopy | [Your first microscope](./tutorials/your-first-microscope.md) + [calibration](./how-to/calibrate-magnification.md) | [How a microscope works](./explanation/how-a-microscope-works.md) |
+
+**Cube dismantling** ([Open and reconfigure a cube](./how-to/open-and-reconfigure-a-cube.md))
+slots naturally between lessons 5 and 6, when empty cubes are first needed.
+
+### Differentiated entry points
+
+Depending on the group, you can also start with:
+
+- the **magnifier** (low threshold, everyday reference),
+- **focal lengths** (more theory-first),
+- the **telescope** ("why is it upside-down?" as the driving question),
+- **tablet microscopy first** (wow-factor entry, then work backwards).
+
+A proven opener: pass around a smartphone, a rapid test, and a computer chip and ask
+what they have in common. None would exist without optics research.
+
+## KMK competency mapping (short form)
+
+- **Erkenntnisgewinnung:** hypothesise => build => vary (distance, lens, light) => evaluate; the ray model as a worked example of modelling.
+- **Fachwissen:** lens action, focal length, magnification (qualitative Sek I, quantitative Sek II), ray construction, instrument principles.
+- **Kommunikation:** sketching setups and ray paths, correct use of terms (Brennweite, Zwischenbild, Vergrößerung — see [glossary](./reference/glossary.md)), documenting with photos, team roles.
+- **Bewertung:** limits of instruments (field of view vs. magnification, [empty magnification](./explanation/how-a-microscope-works.md#numerical-aperture-the-real-limit)),
+ error analysis, optics in everyday technology.
+
+## Classroom organisation
+
+**Roles that work** (rotate them): one student directs the build from the instructions, one builds, one documents observations.
+
+**Methods mix:** short demonstration impulses => group experiments => sketch/model phase => (digital) documentation => reflection. Compatible with 5E (Engage/Explore/Explain/Elaborate/Evaluate).
+
+### Preparation checklist (per box)
+
+- [ ] Box complete? (check against [Parts and parameters](./reference/parts-and-parameters.md))
+- [ ] Torch: batteries in and charged? Constant-light mode working?
+- [ ] Samples: 2 prepared slides + blank slide present? Own samples prepared?
+- [ ] Tablets/phones charged, cameras working?
+
+### After the unit
+
+- [ ] Each box repacked completely
+- [ ] Lenses clean (supplied cloth only), everything dry
+
+
+## Robustness, repairs, sustainability
+
+The parts tolerate rough handling; if something does break, single modules can be re-bought or 3D-printed instead of replacing the box; repairing is part of the open-source concept. Risk of students "breaking something valuable" is low by design.
+
+## Extensions beyond this box
+
+- **Interferometry & holography:** [HoloBox](../holobox/index.md) (adds laser; separate safety briefing needed).
+- **Camera-based imaging, motorised stages:** Electronics / Infinity add-ons.
+- **Programming:** smartphone image analysis (pixel measurements from the [calibration guide](./how-to/calibrate-magnification.md)) bridges into CS lessons.
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/how-to/_category_.yml b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/how-to/_category_.yml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ffdcfafeb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/how-to/_category_.yml
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+label: How-to guides
+position: 2
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/how-to/build-the-finite-microscope.md b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/how-to/build-the-finite-microscope.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ace015c13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/how-to/build-the-finite-microscope.md
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+---
+title: Build the finite microscope
+sidebar_position: 4
+description: The classical microscope — real 4× objective, geared Z-stage focusing, 45° mirror and eyepiece.
+---
+
+# How to build the finite microscope
+
+*Task-oriented. You want the classical ("160 mm tube") microscope with the real 4×
+objective and proper gear focusing.*
+
+The 4× objective is a **finite-corrected** objective: it forms a real intermediate
+image at a fixed distance (160 mm mechanical tube length, printed on the barrel)
+which the eyepiece then magnifies.
+
+**Magnification:** $M = M_\text{objective} \cdot M_\text{eyepiece} = 4 \cdot \frac{250\,\text{mm}}{f_\text{eyepiece}}$
+
+:::note ✏️ TODO — Benedict
+Insert the focal length / magnification of the Ramsden eyepiece shipped in the
+CoreBox (e.g. "10×, f = 25 mm" → total 40×). The old docs never state it.
+:::
+
+
+*The finite microscope in action.*
+
+## What you need
+
+- **Z-stage cube** with the **4× objective** screwed in
+- **Sample holder cube** + sample
+- **50 mm lens cube, insert rotated 90°**, or the **Ramsden eyepiece cube** (viewing from above)
+- 1× **45° mirror cube**
+- 2–3× empty cubes
+- 10–12× puzzle base plates
+- Torch with holder
+
+
+*Parts and base-plate layout.*
+
+### The plan (side view)
+
+
+*Sample → 4× objective (on Z-stage) → empty cubes create the 160 mm tube → mirror →
+eyepiece.*
+
+## Steps
+
+1. Click **5 base plates** in a row; put the **sample holder** at the front.
+
+ 
+
+2. Assemble the **objective cube**: thread the 4× objective into the Z-stage insert
+ and close the cube around it.
+
+ 
+ 
+ 
+
+ :::tip Which of the two RMS threads?
+ The Z-stage has two threaded positions offset by 5 mm. If a puzzle plate sits
+ between the Z-stage cube and the neighbouring cube, use the thread **closer to
+ the edge**; without a plate, the inner one.
+ :::
+
+3. Place the objective cube next to the sample, then **2–3 empty cubes** (they form
+ the tube), and at the end the **45° mirror cube**, mirror face up.
+
+ 
+
+4. Lock the row with base plates on top.
+
+ 
+
+5. Put the **eyepiece** on top of the mirror cube — **mind its orientation** (wide
+ lens down).
+
+ 
+
+6. Illuminate the sample with the torch from some distance, look into the eyepiece,
+ and focus by **turning the Z-stage gear**. For coarse adjustment, slide the
+ objective in its holder or move the sample slide.
+
+
+*Focused result through the eyepiece.*
+
+## What you should notice
+
+- **Higher magnification, smaller field of view** than the
+ [infinity build](./build-the-infinity-microscope.md) — 4× objective instead of 2×.
+- **Distance is not optional here:** unlike the infinity design, the tube length is
+ fixed at 160 mm. Shorten or stretch it and the image degrades — that's the
+ fundamental difference between the two architectures, explained in
+ [How a microscope works](../explanation/how-a-microscope-works.md).
+- The numbers on the objective barrel (`4x / 0.1`, `160/0.17`) all mean something:
+ see [Parts and parameters](../reference/parts-and-parameters.md).
+
+## Related
+
+- [Your first microscope](../tutorials/your-first-microscope.md) — same optics, smartphone camera
+- [Calibrate the magnification](./calibrate-magnification.md)
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/how-to/build-the-infinity-microscope.md b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/how-to/build-the-infinity-microscope.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e396a0aed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/how-to/build-the-infinity-microscope.md
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+---
+title: Build the infinity-corrected microscope
+sidebar_position: 3
+description: The modern microscope architecture built from two simple lenses — objective, parallel "infinity space", tube lens, eyepiece.
+---
+
+# How to build the infinity-corrected microscope
+
+*Task-oriented. You've done the [telescope tutorial](../tutorials/build-a-telescope.md)
+and want the microscope that works like the ones in modern research labs.*
+
+Turn the Kepler telescope around and you have a microscope: this build uses the
+**50 mm lens as objective**, the **100 mm lens as tube lens**, and a rotated 50 mm
+lens (or the Ramsden eyepiece) to look in from above via a 45° mirror.
+
+**Magnification:** objective $\times$ eyepiece $= \frac{f_\text{tube}}{f_\text{objective}} \cdot \frac{250\,\text{mm}}{f_\text{eyepiece}} = \frac{100}{50} \cdot \frac{250}{50} = 2 \times 5 = 10\times$
+
+## What you need
+
+- Sample holder cube + prepared sample
+- 1× **50 mm lens cube** (objective)
+- 1× **100 mm lens cube** (tube lens)
+- 1× **50 mm lens cube, insert rotated 90°** (eyepiece, looking up) — see
+ [Open and reconfigure a cube](./open-and-reconfigure-a-cube.md)
+- 1× **45° mirror cube**, mirror facing up
+- 2× empty cubes
+- 10× puzzle base plates
+- Torch
+
+## Steps
+
+1. Click **5 base plates** in a row.
+2. Front of the row: **sample holder cube**, sample centred.
+3. Behind it: the **50 mm objective** cube, then the **100 mm tube lens** cube.
+4. Then one **empty cube**, and on the last plate the **45° mirror cube** with the
+ mirror surface pointing **up**.
+5. Stabilise with 5 plates on top.
+6. On top of the mirror cube: the **rotated 50 mm eyepiece** cube.
+7. Torch behind the sample holder, pointing at the sample.
+
+
+*Sample holder joins the (former) Kepler telescope.*
+
+
+*Empty cube and mirror cube extend the row.*
+
+
+*Eyepiece on top of the mirror — mind its orientation.*
+
+8. Switch on the torch, look down into the eyepiece, and slide the objective/tube
+ lens gently in their cubes until the sample is sharp.
+
+
+
+
+*If you see nothing, re-centre the slide first — alignment is everything.*
+
+## Variant without the eyepiece: project the intermediate image
+
+Skip mirror and eyepiece and let the tube lens throw the image directly onto a paper
+screen ~100 mm behind it — a microscope you can watch as a group:
+
+
+*Schematic: sample → objective → tube lens → screen.*
+
+
+
+
+*Dim the room and the intermediate image appears on the paper.*
+
+## The experiment that gives the design its name
+
+With the image sharp, **change the distance between objective and tube lens** — the
+image doesn't move and stays sharp:
+
+
+
+Between the two lenses the rays travel **parallel** ("to infinity"). That's why
+modern microscopes are built this way: filters, beam splitters and other modules can
+be dropped into this space without shifting the image.
+Full story: [How a microscope works](../explanation/how-a-microscope-works.md).
+
+## Related
+
+- [Build the finite microscope](./build-the-finite-microscope.md) — the classical alternative with the real 4× objective
+- [How a microscope works](../explanation/how-a-microscope-works.md)
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/how-to/calibrate-magnification.md b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/how-to/calibrate-magnification.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8fca1ee3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/how-to/calibrate-magnification.md
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+---
+title: Calibrate the magnification
+sidebar_position: 6
+description: Use the calibration ruler to measure the true magnification of your microscope and convert pixels to micrometres.
+---
+
+# How to calibrate the magnification
+
+*Task-oriented. "40×" is a claim — here you measure it, and afterwards you can give
+real sizes in micrometres.*
+
+## What you need
+
+- Any working microscope build (best: the
+ [smartphone microscope](../tutorials/your-first-microscope.md))
+- The **calibration ruler / scale target** from the box
+
+:::note ✏️ TODO — Benedict
+State the exact calibration target shipped in the current CoreBox (stage micrometer
+with 0.1 mm divisions? printed ruler?). The archive photos show a `div = 0.1`
+micrometer scale.
+:::
+
+## Step 1 — Photograph the scale
+
+Put the calibration ruler in the sample holder instead of a sample, focus, and take
+a photo **without digital zoom** (zoom changes the calibration!).
+
+
+*The 0.1 mm scale through the 4× objective.*
+
+## Step 2 — Count pixels per division
+
+Open the photo, zoom in, and measure how many **pixels** one division (0.1 mm =
+100 µm) covers. Most gallery apps show pixel coordinates when you crop; or transfer
+the image to a computer.
+
+$$\text{pixel size in the sample} = \frac{100\ \text{µm}}{\text{pixels per division}}$$
+
+Example: one division spans 250 px → every pixel corresponds to **0.4 µm** in the
+sample plane.
+
+## Step 3 — Use it
+
+From now on every photo from this *unchanged* setup can be measured:
+
+$$\text{real size} = \text{size in pixels} \times \text{µm per pixel}$$
+
+Measure an onion cell, a hair, a printed halftone dot. A human hair should come out
+at 50–100 µm — if it doesn't, something changed (zoom, eyepiece distance, different
+build).
+
+## Measuring the optical magnification itself (Sek II)
+
+If you know your phone's **physical pixel pitch** $p$ (look up the sensor; typically
+1.0–1.6 µm, mind pixel binning!), the total magnification of the optics is
+
+$$M = \frac{p_\text{sensor}}{\text{µm per pixel in the sample}}$$
+
+Compare this measured $M$ with the predicted objective × eyepiece value — the
+discrepancies (phone lens, eyepiece distance) are worth a classroom discussion.
+
+## Rules that keep the calibration valid
+
+- **No digital zoom** between calibration and measurement (or calibrate at that zoom).
+- Don't move the phone relative to the eyepiece.
+- Re-calibrate after every rebuild or objective change (4× vs. anything else).
+
+## Related
+
+- [Your first microscope](../tutorials/your-first-microscope.md)
+- [Parts and parameters](../reference/parts-and-parameters.md) — magnification formulas in one place
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/how-to/measure-a-focal-length.md b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/how-to/measure-a-focal-length.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7c2047ef5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/how-to/measure-a-focal-length.md
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+---
+title: Measure a focal length
+sidebar_position: 1
+description: Determine the focal length of any converging lens with a screen — and of the diverging lens by combining it with a known one.
+---
+
+# How to measure a focal length
+
+*Task-oriented. You know what a focal length is and want a number.*
+
+## Converging lens (+50 mm, +100 mm): the distant-source method
+
+The trick: light from a **far-away source arrives as (almost) parallel rays**, and
+parallel rays meet exactly in the focal point.
+
+
+
+1. Point the lens at something far away and bright — the window scene, or a ceiling
+ lamp across the room. At least a few metres of distance.
+2. Hold a piece of paper (the "screen") behind the lens, parallel to it.
+3. Move the paper towards/away from the lens until a **small, sharp image** of the
+ source appears (the window scene will be tiny and upside-down).
+4. Measure the lens-to-paper distance with the ruler. **That distance is f.**
+
+Expected: ≈ 50 mm and ≈ 100 mm for the CoreBox lenses (the printed value, within a
+few millimetres).
+
+:::tip More precise (Sek II): the lens-equation method
+Use a nearby light source instead, measure object distance $g$ and image distance
+$b$ for three different positions, and compute $f$ from
+$\frac{1}{f} = \frac{1}{g} + \frac{1}{b}$ each time. Plotting $1/b$ against $1/g$
+gives a straight line with intercepts $1/f$ — a nice measurement exercise.
+:::
+
+## Diverging lens (−50 mm): combine it with a known lens
+
+A diverging lens never forms an image on a screen (its focus is *virtual*), so
+measure it indirectly:
+
+1. Hold the **+50 mm and the −50 mm lens directly together** and repeat the
+ distant-source method.
+2. For thin lenses in contact the powers add:
+
+$$\frac{1}{f_\text{combo}} = \frac{1}{f_1} + \frac{1}{f_2} = \frac{1}{50} + \frac{1}{-50} = 0$$
+
+ Zero power — the pair behaves like a flat window: **no image forms at any
+ distance**. That's your proof the negative lens really has ≈ −50 mm.
+3. For an actual number, pair the −50 mm with the **+100 mm** lens instead. Ideally
+ the combination has $f_\text{combo} = \left(\frac{1}{100} - \frac{1}{50}\right)^{-1} = -100$ mm — still diverging.
+ Pairing it with a stronger positive lens than +50 mm would give a measurable real
+ focus; within the CoreBox, the window-pane experiment in step 2 is the clean result.
+
+## Quick sanity check without any setup
+
+Look through the lens at text and pull it away from the page:
+
+- The distance where the magnified image **blurs and flips upside-down** ≈ the focal
+ length of a converging lens.
+- If it never flips and never magnifies → it's the diverging lens.
+
+## Related
+
+- [Light rays and lenses](../explanation/light-rays-and-lenses.md) — what the focal length means
+- [From lens to projector](../tutorials/from-lens-to-projector.md) — use the measured value
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/how-to/open-and-reconfigure-a-cube.md b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/how-to/open-and-reconfigure-a-cube.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..969f7da12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/how-to/open-and-reconfigure-a-cube.md
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+---
+title: Open and reconfigure a cube
+sidebar_position: 2
+description: Take a UC2 cube apart, rotate or swap the optical insert, and put it back together correctly.
+---
+
+# How to open and reconfigure a cube
+
+*Task-oriented. You need an empty cube, a rotated mirror, or a flipped lens.*
+
+Every UC2 cube consists of **two halves** holding a **sliding insert** that carries
+the optics (lens, mirror, sample holder…). Because the halves come apart, one cube
+can play any role.
+
+You'll typically do this when:
+
+- a build needs an **empty cube** as a spacer (e.g. the Kepler telescope),
+- a **mirror or lens must be rotated 90°** (e.g. the eyepiece looking upward),
+- a **lens must be flipped** so its curved side faces the right way,
+- you want to see how the system works inside — which is the whole point of UC2.
+
+## Steps
+
+1. **Hold the lower half** of the cube and pull the **upper half straight up.** No
+ tools needed for the standard cubes.
+2. **Slide the insert out** sideways along its rails. Don't force it; if it sticks,
+ wiggle gently.
+3. Do what you came for: rotate the insert 90°, flip it, swap it for another one, or
+ leave the cube empty.
+4. **Slide the insert back in** until it seats fully, and press the upper half back
+ on until the corners click flush.
+
+:::note 🖼️ Image placeholder — `cube-open-sequence.jpg`
+**TODO (Benedict):** a 4-step photo sequence (well-lit, on neutral background):
+closed cube → halves separated → insert half-way out → insert rotated and re-seated.
+The old schematic exists in the Didaktikkonzept; real photos beat it.
+:::
+
+## Getting it right
+
+- **Check the optical axis:** after reassembly the lens/mirror centre must line up
+ with the cube's face openings. A tilted insert shows up immediately as a shifted or
+ smeared image — which is a great error-hunting exercise, but not what you want
+ mid-experiment.
+- **Lens orientation matters:** for the plano-convex CoreBox lenses the image is
+ sharper when the **curved side faces the parallel (collimated) light** — towards
+ the distant side. If edge sharpness looks bad, flip the insert.
+
+ :::note ✏️ TODO — Benedict
+ Confirm and document the intended orientation of each lens insert (50/100/−50 mm)
+ once, with one labelled macro photo per lens. This directly addresses the feedback
+ that "you can't tell which way round a lens is mounted".
+ :::
+- **Don't over-squeeze.** The halves are designed to hold by friction; forcing them
+ can tilt the insert.
+
+## Why the tolerance matters (a 30-second detour)
+
+The insert seats reproducibly to within ~0.1 mm. That's not perfectionism: a lens
+tilted by a degree or displaced by half a millimetre visibly degrades the image.
+Professional modular systems (cage systems, Thorlabs-style mounts) fight exactly the
+same battle with steel rods — UC2 does it with printed rails and magnet/screw
+kinematics. Letting students *feel* this tolerance is a feature, not a bug.
+
+## Related
+
+- [Build a telescope](../tutorials/build-a-telescope.md) — first build that needs empty cubes
+- [Parts and parameters](../reference/parts-and-parameters.md) — what's inside each module
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/how-to/prepare-your-own-sample.md b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/how-to/prepare-your-own-sample.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..72c5d6f36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/how-to/prepare-your-own-sample.md
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+---
+title: Prepare your own sample
+sidebar_position: 5
+description: Make a microscope slide from things around you with the blank slide, tweezers and pipette from the sample-prep kit.
+---
+
+# How to prepare your own sample
+
+*Task-oriented. The two prepared slides are nice — your own sample is better.*
+
+The CoreBox includes a small sample-prep kit: a **blank slide**, **tweezers**, and a
+**pipette**. That's enough for dry mounts and simple wet mounts.
+
+## Good first samples
+
+| Sample | Type | Why it works |
+|---|---|---|
+| Onion skin (inner membrane) | wet mount | Classic; big clear cells, easy to peel with tweezers |
+| Pond or vase water | wet mount | Moving microlife if you're lucky |
+| Pollen, dust, flour, salt/sugar crystals | dry mount | No liquid needed |
+| A strand of hair, textile fibres | dry mount | Compare materials |
+| Printed paper / banknote | direct | Halftone dots are a great magnification test |
+
+## Dry mount
+
+1. Pick a tiny amount of the sample up with the **tweezers** and place it in the
+ middle of the blank slide.
+2. That's it. Clip the slide into the sample holder, sample **centred**.
+
+## Wet mount
+
+1. Put the specimen (e.g. a fingernail-sized piece of onion membrane, stretched flat)
+ in the middle of the slide.
+2. Add **one drop of water** with the pipette.
+3. Lower a cover slip onto the drop **edge-first**, like closing a book — this pushes
+ the air out and avoids bubbles.
+
+:::note ✏️ TODO — Benedict
+Does the kit ship cover slips? If not, either add them or document the
+no-cover-slip variant (works, but the water lens blurs at high magnification).
+:::
+
+4. Blot excess water with a paper tissue. The slide should be dry outside — the
+ sample holder magnets and the objective both dislike water.
+
+## Mounting in the CoreBox
+
+- Lift the top magnet of the **sample holder**, slide the slide in, sample centred
+ over the opening.
+- **Sample side towards the objective** — with the 4× objective the working distance
+ is comfortable (~18 mm), but centring matters far more than height.
+
+## Tips for a good image
+
+- **Thin beats interesting.** One cell layer looks better than a chunk. If you can
+ see through it against a window, it's thin enough.
+- Start with the torch **de-focused / diffuse** (see the
+ [troubleshooting guide](./troubleshoot-the-smartphone-microscope.md)) — harsh
+ direct light hides transparent structures.
+- Onion cells are nearly transparent: try slightly **oblique light** (move the torch
+ off-axis) for relief-like contrast.
+
+:::note 🖼️ Image placeholder — `diy-sample-sequence.jpg`
+**TODO (Benedict):** photo sequence of the onion-skin prep: peeling with tweezers →
+water drop with pipette → mounted slide in the holder → resulting phone image.
+:::
+
+## Related
+
+- [Your first microscope](../tutorials/your-first-microscope.md)
+- [Calibrate the magnification](./calibrate-magnification.md) — measure how big those cells really are
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/how-to/troubleshoot-the-smartphone-microscope.md b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/how-to/troubleshoot-the-smartphone-microscope.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..127fc893d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/how-to/troubleshoot-the-smartphone-microscope.md
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+---
+title: Troubleshoot the smartphone microscope
+sidebar_position: 7
+description: Stripes, glare, dark corners, low contrast — every common bad image, its cause, and the two-minute fix.
+---
+
+# How to troubleshoot the smartphone microscope
+
+*Task-oriented. Match your bad image to the pictures below; each has a one-line
+cause and fix.*
+
+This is what you're aiming for — a fully working setup and a clean image:
+
+
+*The reference setup.*
+
+
+*The reference image: even illumination, good contrast, sharp across the field.*
+
+## Stripes across the image
+
+
+
+**Cause:** the torch is in a blinking/PWM mode; its flicker beats against the
+phone's rolling shutter.
+**Fix:** press the torch button repeatedly until you reach the **brightest,
+constant** mode.
+
+
+*The torch has several modes — you want steady maximum, not strobe/morse.*
+
+## One bright hotspot, dark surroundings
+
+
+
+**Cause:** the torch's front lens is focused too tightly.
+**Fix:** the torch head **slides to refocus** — adjust it until the sample is lit
+evenly. (Bonus physics: when the LED is imaged into the condenser's focus you've
+built Köhler-style illumination.)
+
+## Everything washed out / overexposed
+
+
+
+**Cause:** too much light.
+**Fix:** put a paper diffuser between torch and sample, tap the phone screen to
+lock exposure on the sample, or use half-empty batteries. A diffuser also smooths
+the illumination:
+
+
+*With diffuser: lower contrast, but pleasantly even.*
+
+## Image only fills a small circle / dark vignette
+
+
+
+**Cause:** the phone camera is too far from the eyepiece — the exit pupil of the
+eyepiece must land on the camera's entrance pupil.
+**Fix:** lower the phone until it (almost) touches the eyepiece, and centre it until
+the full circle lights up.
+
+
+*Match the eyepiece exit pupil to the camera pupil.*
+
+## Shadows / relief instead of even brightness
+
+
+
+**Cause:** the torch is off-axis; light hits the sample at an angle.
+**Fix:** re-centre the torch above the condenser — *or keep it*: oblique
+illumination adds contrast to transparent samples and is a legitimate technique.
+
+
+*Oblique illumination geometry.*
+
+Push it to the extreme (no direct light reaches the objective) and you get
+**darkfield**: bright structures on a black background.
+
+
+*Darkfield with the CoreBox: very oblique light only.*
+
+## Still stuck?
+
+Work down this list in order:
+
+1. **Sample centred** over the objective? (Most common issue by far.)
+2. **Focus range:** turn the Z-stage gear through its whole travel slowly; the focal
+ plane of the 4× objective is thin.
+3. **Everything on one axis?** Objective, mirrors, eyepiece, camera — one tilted
+ insert breaks the chain: [Open and reconfigure a cube](./open-and-reconfigure-a-cube.md).
+4. **Phone HDR/auto-enhance off** for scientific images — it invents detail.
+
+## Related
+
+- [Your first microscope](../tutorials/your-first-microscope.md)
+- [Prepare your own sample](./prepare-your-own-sample.md)
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/index.md b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/index.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e7ab2a783
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/index.md
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+---
+title: CoreBox for Schools
+sidebar_position: 0
+description: Hands-on geometrical optics for the classroom — build magnifiers, projectors, telescopes and real microscopes with the openUC2 CoreBox.
+---
+
+# CoreBox for Schools
+
+*With the coreBOX youc an build real optical instruments like magnifier, projector, telescope, microscope and understand them from ground up in a Do-It-Yourself-Fashion*
+
+The **CoreBox** is a box of openUC2 cubes with lenses, mirrors, a real microscope objective and a smartphone holder. It covers **geometrical optics** from the first "why does a lens magnify?" all the way to a working **smartphone microscope**. It is also the foundation for every other openUC2 Discovery box (Electronics, Infinity, Fluorescence, LightSheet, HoloBox). Curious? Continue reading! :)
+
+The guiding idea, straight from the teaching concept:
+
+> **"Understand optics by building it."**
+
+These pages are written for **students and their teachers**. No university maths required; the only thing you need is curiosity.
+
+
+*The CoreBox: some cubes, lenses, puzzle base plates and the torch.*
+
+## What's in the box?
+
+| # | Component | What it's for |
+|---|---|---|
+| 1 | 2× 45° mirror (fixed, front-surface) | Fold the beam path, e.g. to look from above |
+| 2 | 2× 50 mm lens (converging) | Magnifier, eyepiece, objective, condenser |
+| 3 | 1× 100 mm lens (converging) | Tube lens, telescope objective |
+| 4 | 1× −50 mm lens (diverging) | Galilean telescope eyepiece |
+| 5 | 1× eyepiece (Ramsden type) | Comfortable viewing with the eye |
+| 6 | 1× objective lens 4×, NA 0.1 (finite, RMS thread) | The "real" microscope objective |
+| 7 | 1× Z-stage (25 mm travel, geared) | Fine focusing |
+| 8 | 1× sample holder | Holds microscope slides with magnets |
+| 9 | 1× universal smartphone holder | Turn your phone into the camera |
+| 10 | 1× torch (flashlight) with holder | Transmitted-light illumination |
+| 11 | 10× puzzle base plates | Click cubes into stable setups |
+| 12 | 2× prepared microscopic samples + 1 blank slide for DIY sample prep | Something to look at |
+| 13 | Tweezers, pipette | Prepare your own samples |
+| 14 | Ruler / calibration target | Measure distances and calibrate magnification |
+| 15 | M3 screwdriver, lens cloth | Assembly and lens care |
+| 16 | QR code card | Links straight back to these pages |
+
+(Always up-to-date list: on our [shop page](https://shop.openuc2.com/shop/discovery-corebox-1556))
+
+Full details on every part: [Parts and parameters](./reference/parts-and-parameters.md).
+
+## What can you build?
+
+At least **eight experiments**, in two groups:
+
+| Optics | Microscopy |
+|---|---|
+| Magnifying glass | Infinity-corrected microscope |
+| Focal lengths & lens types | Finite microscope with Z-stage |
+| Projector | Smartphone microscope |
+| Galilean telescope | |
+| Kepler telescope (+ spotting scope) | |
+
+## Where do I start?
+
+This documentation follows [Diátaxis](https://diataxis.fr/) and is split into four
+kinds of page. Pick the one that matches what you want **right now**:
+
+### I want to build something today => **Tutorials**
+
+Step-by-step, can't-fail walkthroughs. Start here if you have the box in front of you.
+
+- [**From lens to projector**](./tutorials/from-lens-to-projector.md): hold a lens, find its focal length, project an image on the wall. ~30 min.
+- [**Build a telescope**](./tutorials/build-a-telescope.md): Galilean and Kepler, and why one image is upside-down. ~30 min.
+- [**Your first microscope**](./tutorials/your-first-microscope.md): the smartphone microscope, yup, build your own microscope in ~45 min.
+
+### I know the basics and have a specific goal => **How-to guides**
+
+Short, practical recipes for one task each.
+
+- [Measure the focal length of a lens](./how-to/measure-a-focal-length.md)
+- [Open and reconfigure a cube](./how-to/open-and-reconfigure-a-cube.md)
+- [Build the infinity-corrected microscope](./how-to/build-the-infinity-microscope.md)
+- [Build the finite microscope with the 4× objective](./how-to/build-the-finite-microscope.md)
+- [Prepare your own sample](./how-to/prepare-your-own-sample.md)
+- [Calibrate the magnification](./how-to/calibrate-magnification.md)
+- [Troubleshoot the smartphone microscope](./how-to/troubleshoot-the-smartphone-microscope.md)
+
+### I want to understand *why* it works => **Explanation**
+
+Read these on the couch. No equipment needed. We'll provide you with images and text.
+
+- [Light rays and lenses](./explanation/light-rays-and-lenses.md): focal length, converging vs. diverging.
+- [How images form](./explanation/how-images-form.md): real vs. virtual, the lens equation, why the magnifier magnifies.
+- [How telescopes work](./explanation/how-telescopes-work.md): Galilei vs. Kepler.
+- [How a microscope works](./explanation/how-a-microscope-works.md): finite vs. infinity optics, and what "4× / NA 0.1" means.
+
+### I just need a number or a definition => **Reference**
+
+- [Parts and parameters](./reference/parts-and-parameters.md)
+- [Glossary](./reference/glossary.md) (English + German terms)
+
+### I'm a teacher planning a unit => **For teachers**
+
+- [Teaching with the CoreBox](./for-teachers.md): lesson plans (8 lessons), KMK
+ competencies, classroom organisation, preparation checklists.
+
+## A suggested classroom journey
+
+If you're planning a unit, this order matches the physics build-up used in the
+CoreBox teaching concept ("Didaktikkonzept"):
+
+1. **Read** [Light rays and lenses](./explanation/light-rays-and-lenses.md).
+2. **Build** [From lens to projector](./tutorials/from-lens-to-projector.md): students *see* a real image appear on the wall.
+3. **Discuss** [How images form](./explanation/how-images-form.md): connect what they saw to the lens equation.
+4. **Build** [a telescope](./tutorials/build-a-telescope.md) and let students discover the upside-down Kepler image themselves.
+5. **Build** [your first microscope](./tutorials/your-first-microscope.md) and let everyone photograph a sample with their own phone.
+6. **Go deeper** with [How a microscope works](./explanation/how-a-microscope-works.md) and the [infinity](./how-to/build-the-infinity-microscope.md) / [finite](./how-to/build-the-finite-microscope.md) builds.
+
+## What can you actually observe?
+
+- A letter **magnified** through a single lens and the exact distance where the effect flips.
+- A **real image** on the wall: enlarged, upside-down, and predictable with one small formula.
+- A distant object pulled closer by a telescope **you assembled from two lenses**.
+- Cells and structures in a prepared sample, photographed with **your own smartphone**.
+
+## Safety
+
+The CoreBox contains **no laser and no heat source** it is designed for unsupervised student group work (age 14+). Two common-sense rules:
+
+- **Never look at the sun** through any lens or telescope. Ever.
+- The torch is bright: don't shine it directly into anyone's eyes.
+- And also: If glass ever breaks, don't cut yourself.
+
+## Open source
+
+Everything about the CoreBox is open: the hardware (CAD files), the 3D-printing files, and these teaching materials. You may copy, remix, and reprint them for your class. See the [openUC2 docs home](https://docs.openuc2.com/) for licences.
+
+:::info Looking for the old pages?
+The previous CoreBox documentation (English + Italiano, incl. the PDF manual) is preserved under [Archive](./ARCHIVE/README.md).
+:::
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/it/07_Showcase.md b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/it/07_Showcase.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 55f8cd286..000000000
--- a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/it/07_Showcase.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
----
-id: Showcasing Smartphone Microscope ImagesIT
-title: Mostrando Immagini del Microscopio per Smartphone
----
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/reference/_category_.yml b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/reference/_category_.yml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d86a8defe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/reference/_category_.yml
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+label: Reference
+position: 4
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/reference/glossary.md b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/reference/glossary.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..300baf7a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/reference/glossary.md
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+---
+title: Glossary
+sidebar_position: 2
+description: Plain-language definitions of the key geometrical-optics terms, with the German translation beside each one.
+---
+
+# Glossary
+
+*Information-oriented. Quick definitions, English and German.*
+
+Several of these terms are habitually confused because they sound alike — *object
+distance* vs *image distance*, *real* vs *virtual*, *focal point* vs *focal plane*.
+They're grouped so you can see the contrast directly.
+
+## Rays and lenses
+
+| English | Deutsch | Meaning (school-level) |
+|---|---|---|
+| Ray (of light) | Lichtstrahl | An arrow along which light travels in a straight line — the basic model of geometrical optics. |
+| Optical axis | optische Achse | The centre line through all lenses. Everything is aligned to it; misalignment is the #1 error source. |
+| Refraction | Brechung | Light changing direction at a glass surface. What lenses are made of. |
+| Converging lens | Sammellinse | Thicker in the middle; bundles parallel rays into a real focus. Also: positive/convex lens. |
+| Diverging lens | Zerstreuungslinse | Thinner in the middle; spreads parallel rays as if from a virtual focus. Also: negative/concave lens. |
+| Focal point (F) | Brennpunkt | The point where rays parallel to the axis meet after a converging lens. |
+| Focal length (f) | Brennweite | Distance from lens to focal point, in mm. Printed on every CoreBox lens holder. |
+| Focal plane | Brennebene | The plane through the focal point, perpendicular to the axis. |
+| Optical power (dioptre) | Brechkraft (Dioptrie) | 1/f with f in metres. The glasses-prescription number. |
+| Thin lens | dünne Linse | The simplification that a lens is a single bending plane, fully described by f. |
+
+## Images
+
+| English | Deutsch | Meaning |
+|---|---|---|
+| Object distance (g) | Gegenstandsweite | Distance object → lens plane. |
+| Image distance (b) | Bildweite | Distance lens plane → image. |
+| Lens equation | Linsengleichung | $1/f = 1/g + 1/b$ — connects the three lengths. |
+| Real image | reelles Bild | Rays actually meet: an image you can catch on a screen. Always inverted. |
+| Virtual image | virtuelles Bild | Rays only *seem* to come from it; visible by eye, never on a screen. Upright. |
+| Magnification (M) | Vergrößerung | How much larger the image is — as a length ratio ($b/g$) or an angle ratio (telescope). |
+| Intermediate image | Zwischenbild | The real image *inside* a telescope or microscope that the eyepiece magnifies again. |
+| Inverted / upright | umgekehrt / aufrecht | Upside-down (real images) vs right-way-up (virtual images). |
+
+## Instruments
+
+| English | Deutsch | Meaning |
+|---|---|---|
+| Magnifier / loupe | Lupe | A single converging lens with the object inside f. $M = 250\,\text{mm}/f$. |
+| Projector | Projektor | Lens with the object just outside f: enlarged real image on a screen. |
+| Objective | Objektiv | The lens facing the *object* — in telescopes and microscopes the first, most critical stage. |
+| Eyepiece / ocular | Okular | The lens facing the *eye*; a magnifier for the intermediate image. |
+| Galilean telescope | Galilei-Fernrohr | Converging objective + diverging eyepiece: upright, compact, small field. |
+| Kepler telescope | Kepler-Fernrohr | Two converging lenses: inverted image, real intermediate image, astronomy standard. |
+| Tube lens | Tubuslinse | In infinity microscopes: the lens that focuses the parallel bundle into the intermediate image. |
+| Tube length | Tubuslänge | Finite optics: the fixed objective→image distance (DIN: 160 mm, printed on the barrel). |
+| Finite / infinity-corrected | Endlich-/Unendlich-Optik | Whether the objective forms the image directly (finite) or first sends rays parallel (infinity). |
+| Infinity space | Unendlichraum | The parallel-ray region between infinity objective and tube lens — where filters go. |
+| Condenser | Kondensor | Lens that concentrates illumination onto the sample. |
+| Köhler illumination | Köhler-Beleuchtung | Illumination setup imaging the light source away from the sample plane → even lighting. |
+| Darkfield | Dunkelfeld | Illumination so oblique that only scattered light enters the objective: bright sample, black background. |
+
+## Microscope-specific
+
+| English | Deutsch | Meaning |
+|---|---|---|
+| Numerical aperture (NA) | numerische Apertur | Sine of the half-angle of the accepted light cone. Sets resolution — not magnification. |
+| Resolution (limit) | Auflösung(sgrenze) | Smallest distinguishable detail: $d \approx \lambda / (2\,\text{NA})$. |
+| Empty magnification | leere Vergrößerung | Magnifying beyond the NA-limit: bigger, but no new detail. |
+| Working distance | Arbeitsabstand | Free space between objective front and sample when focused. |
+| Exit pupil | Austrittspupille | The small bright disc above the eyepiece where all rays pass — put your eye (or phone camera) exactly there. |
+| Field of view | Sichtfeld / Sehfeld | The area you can see at once; shrinks as magnification grows. |
+| RMS thread | RMS-Gewinde | The standard microscope-objective screw thread (also on the Z-stage). |
+| Ramsden eyepiece | Ramsden-Okular | Eyepiece from two identical plano-convex lenses; flatter field than a single lens. |
+| Accommodation / autofocus | Akkommodation / Autofokus | The eye's (the phone's) ability to refocus at different distances. |
+
+## Errors you will actually see
+
+| English | Deutsch | Meaning |
+|---|---|---|
+| Chromatic aberration | Farbfehler / chromatische Aberration | Blue focuses shorter than red → colour fringes at edges. |
+| Spherical aberration | sphärische Aberration | Edge rays focus shorter than centre rays → can't be sharp everywhere. Reduced by correct lens orientation. |
+| Vignetting | Vignettierung | Darkening towards the image corners — usually a pupil/aperture mismatch. |
+| Astigmatism (tilt) | Astigmatismus | Smearing in one direction — often a tilted lens insert in UC2 builds. |
+
+## Related
+
+- [Parts and parameters](./parts-and-parameters.md)
+- Wave-optics terms (interference, diffraction, coherence…): [HoloBox glossary](../../holobox/glossary/glossary.md)
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/reference/parts-and-parameters.md b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/reference/parts-and-parameters.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b1e3a46e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/reference/parts-and-parameters.md
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+---
+title: Parts and parameters
+sidebar_position: 1
+description: Lookup tables — every component in the CoreBox with its key numbers, plus all formulas and standard values in one place.
+---
+
+# Parts and parameters
+
+*Information-oriented. Look things up here; don't read it cover to cover.*
+
+## What's in the CoreBox
+
+### Cube modules
+
+| Component | Key data | Used for |
+|---|---|---|
+| 45° mirror cube (2×) | fixed, front-surface mirror | Folding the beam 90° (periscope, view from above) |
+| 50 mm lens cube (2×) | converging, f = +50 mm (+20 dpt) | Magnifier, projector lens, infinity objective, eyepiece, condenser |
+| 100 mm lens cube | converging, f = +100 mm (+10 dpt) | Telescope objective, tube lens |
+| −50 mm lens cube | diverging, f = −50 mm (−20 dpt) | Galilean eyepiece |
+| Eyepiece cube | Ramsden type (two identical plano-convex lenses) | Comfortable viewing by eye |
+| Z-stage cube | 25 mm travel, geared fine drive, 2× RMS thread (5 mm offset) | Focusing the objective |
+| Sample holder cube | magnetic clamping for standard 76 × 26 mm slides | Holding samples |
+| Smartphone holder | universal, adjustable | Phone as camera |
+
+:::note ✏️ TODO — Benedict
+Missing numbers to fill in: Ramsden eyepiece focal length / magnification, mirror
+substrate/coating, Z-stage gear ratio (mm per revolution), lens diameters.
+:::
+
+### Optics & accessories
+
+| Component | Key data | Used for |
+|---|---|---|
+| Objective lens | 4× / NA 0.10, finite (160 mm), RMS thread | The "real" microscope objective |
+| Torch + holder | focusable head, multiple modes (use constant max!) | Transmitted-light illumination |
+| Puzzle base plates (10×) | click connection, top & bottom mounting | Stable setups |
+| Prepared samples (2×) + blank slide | in sample box | Ready-to-view specimens + DIY |
+| Tweezers, pipette | sample-prep kit | [Make your own slides](../how-to/prepare-your-own-sample.md) |
+| Calibration ruler / scale | 0.1 mm divisions | [Magnification calibration](../how-to/calibrate-magnification.md) |
+| M3 screwdriver, lens cloth | | Assembly, lens care |
+| QR-code card | | Links to this documentation |
+
+:::note ✏️ TODO — Benedict
+Confirm against the production box: exact prepared-sample types, ruler divisions,
+torch battery type (3× AAA?), cover slips included or not.
+:::
+
+## Focal-length quick facts
+
+| Lens | f | Power | Magnifier magnification (250 mm/f) | Flip distance when used as loupe |
+|---|---|---|---|---|
+| 50 mm lens | +50 mm | +20 dpt | 5× | ~5 cm |
+| 100 mm lens | +100 mm | +10 dpt | 2.5× | ~10 cm |
+| −50 mm lens | −50 mm | −20 dpt | — (never magnifies) | — |
+| 4× objective | ≈ +32 mm *(TODO: confirm)* | ≈ +31 dpt | ≈ 8× | ~3 cm |
+
+## Formulas used in these pages
+
+| Formula | Meaning | Where |
+|---|---|---|
+| $\frac{1}{f} = \frac{1}{g} + \frac{1}{b}$ | thin-lens equation (object distance $g$, image distance $b$) | [How images form](../explanation/how-images-form.md) |
+| $M = \frac{b}{g}$ | lateral magnification of a projected image | projector |
+| $M = \frac{250\,\text{mm}}{f}$ | magnifier (loupe) magnification vs. the 250 mm near point | magnifier, eyepiece |
+| $M = \frac{f_\text{objective}}{f_\text{eyepiece}}$ | telescope angular magnification | [telescopes](../explanation/how-telescopes-work.md) |
+| $M_\text{obj} = \frac{f_\text{tube}}{f_\text{objective}}$ | infinity-corrected objective magnification | [microscope](../explanation/how-a-microscope-works.md) |
+| $M_\text{total} = M_\text{obj} \cdot M_\text{eyepiece}$ | microscope total magnification | microscope |
+| $\frac{1}{f_\text{combo}} = \frac{1}{f_1} + \frac{1}{f_2}$ | thin lenses in contact | [measuring −50 mm](../how-to/measure-a-focal-length.md) |
+| $d_\text{min} \approx \frac{\lambda}{2\,\text{NA}}$ | resolution limit | [microscope](../explanation/how-a-microscope-works.md) |
+| $D = \frac{1}{f[\text{m}]}$ | optical power in dioptres | glasses, lens comparison |
+
+## Standard values worth knowing
+
+| Value | Number |
+|---|---|
+| Near point ("clear visual range") | 250 mm |
+| DIN finite tube length | 160 mm |
+| Standard cover-slip thickness | 0.17 mm |
+| Standard slide size | 76 × 26 × 1 mm |
+| Tube-lens focal lengths of major brands | Zeiss 165 mm, Nikon/Leica 200 mm, Olympus 180 mm |
+| Green light wavelength (for resolution estimates) | ≈ 550 nm |
+| CoreBox 4×/0.1 resolution limit | ≈ 2.8 µm |
+| UC2 cube pitch | 50 mm |
+
+## Pre-computed setups
+
+| Setup | Recipe | Result |
+|---|---|---|
+| Projector | 50 mm lens, sample at g = 60 mm | image at b = 300 mm, M = 5× |
+| Galilean telescope | 100 mm + (−50 mm), spacing 50 mm | 2×, upright |
+| Kepler telescope | 100 mm + 50 mm, spacing 150 mm | 2×, inverted |
+| Infinity microscope | 50 mm objective + 100 mm tube lens + 50 mm eyepiece | 2 × 5 = 10× |
+| Finite microscope | 4× objective + Ramsden eyepiece | 4 × *(TODO eyepiece)* |
+
+## Care
+
+- Clean lenses only with the **supplied lens cloth** (or lens tissue); never dry-rub
+ grit over glass.
+- Store dry; dry any part that got wet before packing.
+- Torch: remove/charge batteries before long storage; check before class
+ ([teacher checklist](../for-teachers.md)).
+
+## Related
+
+- [Glossary](./glossary.md)
+- [Open and reconfigure a cube](../how-to/open-and-reconfigure-a-cube.md)
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/tutorials/_category_.yml b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/tutorials/_category_.yml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..caf94e79e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/tutorials/_category_.yml
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+label: Tutorials
+position: 1
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/tutorials/build-a-telescope.md b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/tutorials/build-a-telescope.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dfc5e2803
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/tutorials/build-a-telescope.md
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+---
+title: Build a telescope
+sidebar_position: 2
+description: Build a Galilean and then a Kepler telescope from two lens cubes — and discover for yourself why one image stands upright and the other is upside-down.
+---
+
+# Tutorial: Build a telescope
+
+*Learning-oriented. Follow along start to finish — by the end you will have looked
+through two telescopes you built yourself. About 30 minutes.*
+
+In this tutorial you'll combine **two lenses** for the first time. You'll build the
+telescope Galileo pointed at Jupiter in 1610, then upgrade to the type Kepler
+proposed — and run straight into a 400-year-old surprise: the better telescope shows
+the world **upside-down**.
+
+## What you need
+
+From the CoreBox:
+
+- The **100 mm lens cube** (the *objective* — it faces the object)
+- The **−50 mm lens cube** (Galilean eyepiece)
+- One **50 mm lens cube** (Kepler eyepiece)
+- Two **empty cubes** (spacers for the Kepler build — see
+ [Open and reconfigure a cube](../how-to/open-and-reconfigure-a-cube.md) to empty one)
+- 8 **puzzle base plates**
+- A window with something interesting far away
+
+## Part 1 — The Galilean telescope
+
+
+*The Galilean telescope in action.*
+
+### Step 1 — Mount the two lens cubes
+
+Click two base plates together. Put the **100 mm lens** on one and the **−50 mm
+lens** on the other, then lock both cubes with two more plates on top.
+
+
+*Base plates on top…*
+
+
+*…and on the bottom make the pair rigid.*
+
+### Step 2 — Set the lens spacing
+
+Slide the lenses inside their cubes so the distance between the two lens surfaces is
+**as large as possible** (about 50 mm — the difference of the focal lengths,
+100 mm − 50 mm).
+
+
+
+
+*Maximise the distance between the negative and the positive lens.*
+
+### Step 3 — Look through it
+
+Hold the telescope up with the **−50 mm lens at your eye** and the 100 mm lens
+pointing out the window. Fine-tune the spacing until a distant object is sharp.
+
+
+
+You should see the object about **2× closer — and upright.** That's why this design
+survives today in opera glasses: compact, and the world stays the right way up.
+
+$$M = \frac{f_\text{objective}}{|f_\text{eyepiece}|} = \frac{100\,\text{mm}}{50\,\text{mm}} = 2$$
+
+## Part 2 — The Kepler telescope
+
+
+*The Kepler telescope in action.*
+
+### Step 4 — Rebuild with two converging lenses
+
+Now swap the −50 mm eyepiece for the **50 mm lens** and stretch the tube: the lenses
+must sit further apart (the **sum** of the focal lengths, 100 + 50 = 150 mm).
+
+1. Click **four base plates** in a row.
+2. Put the **100 mm lens** on one end and the **50 mm lens** on the other.
+3. Put the **two empty cubes** in the middle — they stabilise the long tube.
+4. Lock everything with four plates on top.
+
+
+*Lenses at the ends, empty cubes in the middle.*
+
+
+*Fixed top and bottom.*
+
+### Step 5 — Look again
+
+Eye at the **50 mm lens**, objective out the window, fine-tune the spacing.
+
+
+
+The object appears larger and brighter over a wider field of view than in the
+Galilean — **but it's upside-down.**
+
+**You did it.** You've built both classic telescope types and found their key
+difference with your own eyes.
+
+## Why is the Kepler image upside-down?
+
+The objective forms a **real intermediate image** inside the tube — upside-down, as
+every real image is (you saw this with the [projector](./from-lens-to-projector.md)).
+The eyepiece then acts as a magnifier looking at that image: it enlarges, but it
+doesn't flip it back.
+
+**Try to catch it:** hold a small piece of tracing paper or baking paper inside the
+Kepler tube near the 100 mm lens's focal plane (open the top plates). A faint,
+tiny, upside-down image of the window appears *floating in mid-air on the paper*.
+The Galilean telescope has no such plane — that's why its magnification is limited
+and its field of view small.
+
+Astronomers simply don't care that stars are upside-down — which is why the Kepler
+design is what observatory telescopes still use.
+
+The full ray diagrams are in
+[How telescopes work](../explanation/how-telescopes-work.md).
+
+## Try this
+
+- **Swap the lenses** (look through the 100 mm side). The world shrinks — you built a
+ telescope backwards, which is how a **beam expander** works in reverse.
+- **Spotting scope:** add a third lens between intermediate image and eyepiece to
+ flip the image upright again (the old build is shown in the
+ [archive](../ARCHIVE/en/03_core_telescope.md)). Terrestrial telescopes do exactly
+ this with prisms.
+
+:::note ✏️ TODO — Benedict
+The spotting-scope / erecting-lens build needs a proper parts list and step photos —
+the archived version only has schematic images (MINIBOXNEW/29-30). Decide whether it
+becomes its own how-to page.
+:::
+
+## What's next?
+
+- **Understand the ray paths** → [How telescopes work](../explanation/how-telescopes-work.md)
+- **A microscope is a telescope backwards** → [Your first microscope](./your-first-microscope.md)
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/tutorials/from-lens-to-projector.md b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/tutorials/from-lens-to-projector.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2c34445e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/tutorials/from-lens-to-projector.md
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+---
+title: From lens to projector
+sidebar_position: 1
+description: Hold a lens, feel what focal length means, then throw a real, enlarged image of a sample onto the wall — your first optics success.
+---
+
+# Tutorial: From lens to projector
+
+*Learning-oriented. Follow along start to finish — by the end you will have projected
+a real image onto the wall. About 30 minutes.*
+
+In this tutorial you'll start with the simplest optical instrument there is — a
+single lens used as a **magnifying glass** — and end with a working **projector**
+that throws an enlarged, upside-down image of a real sample onto the wall.
+
+You don't need to understand the theory first. Just build it and look. (If you get
+curious afterwards, [How images form](../explanation/how-images-form.md) explains
+what you saw.)
+
+## What you need
+
+From the CoreBox:
+
+- The two **50 mm lens cubes** and the **100 mm lens cube**
+- The **−50 mm lens cube** (for one quick experiment)
+- The **sample holder cube** with one of the prepared samples
+- The **torch** and its holder
+- 4 **puzzle base plates**
+- Something with small print (this page, a ticket, a coin)
+
+:::note 🖼️ Image placeholder — `projector-parts.jpg`
+**TODO (Benedict):** bright flat-lay of exactly these parts, each labelled. Embossed
+focal-length numbers on the lens cubes must be readable in the photo.
+:::
+
+:::tip Which number is my lens?
+Every lens cube has its **focal length printed on the lens holder**: `50`, `100` or
+`-50` (millimetres). If you can't see the number, rotate the insert —
+[Open and reconfigure a cube](../how-to/open-and-reconfigure-a-cube.md) shows how.
+:::
+
+## Step 1 — Use a lens as a magnifying glass
+
+Take one **50 mm lens cube** out of the box. Hold it close to this text and look
+through it.
+
+
+*A single lens cube used as a magnifier.*
+
+Now slowly pull the lens away from the page while you keep looking through it.
+
+- Close to the page: the text is **upright and enlarged**. This is the magnifier effect.
+- Past about 5 cm (the focal length!): the image gets blurry, then flips **upside-down**.
+
+That flip distance *is* the focal length. You just measured ~50 mm without a ruler.
+
+## Step 2 — Compare the other lenses
+
+Look at the same text through the **100 mm lens** and then the **−50 mm lens**.
+
+
+*Different focal lengths, different magnification.*
+
+- The 100 mm lens magnifies **less** and flips **further away** — longer focal length.
+- The −50 mm lens **never magnifies**: the image is always smaller and upright. A
+ diverging lens cannot form a magnified image on its own — but you'll need exactly
+ this behaviour later for the [Galilean telescope](./build-a-telescope.md).
+
+## Step 3 — Build the projector
+
+Now we make the image **real** — one you can catch on a wall.
+
+1. Click **two puzzle base plates** together.
+2. Put the **sample holder cube** (with a prepared sample, sample centred) on one plate.
+3. Put a **50 mm lens cube** on the other plate.
+4. Click two more plates **on top** of the cubes for stability.
+5. Point the lens side at a light-coloured wall about **30 cm away**.
+
+:::note 🖼️ Image placeholder — `projector-assembled.jpg`
+**TODO (Benedict):** photo of the two-cube projector, taken slightly from above,
+with the torch in position and the sample visible.
+:::
+
+:::tip Which way round does the lens go?
+For the sharpest image, the **curved (bulging) side of the lens should face the
+wall** — the side where the light travels the longer distance. If your image looks
+smeared towards the edges, open the cube and flip the lens insert.
+
+**TODO (Benedict):** confirm the mounting convention of the CoreBox lens inserts and
+add a close-up photo showing the correct orientation.
+:::
+
+## Step 4 — Switch on and focus
+
+Place the torch in its holder directly behind the sample and switch it to its
+**brightest constant mode** (press the button repeatedly to skip the blink modes).
+Dim the room light if you can.
+
+Now slide the **lens gently back and forth inside its cube** until the image on the
+wall snaps into focus.
+
+You should see the sample **enlarged, sharp — and upside-down.**
+
+**You did it.** That picture on the wall is a **real image**: actual light rays from
+the sample, re-sorted by the lens so they meet again on the wall. A cinema projector
+is exactly this, just with a stronger lamp.
+
+## Try this: predict the image with one formula
+
+Measure the distance sample→lens ($g$) and lens→wall ($b$). The lens equation says
+
+$$\frac{1}{f} = \frac{1}{g} + \frac{1}{b}$$
+
+With the 50 mm lens ($f = 50\,\text{mm}$):
+
+| sample→lens $g$ | predicted lens→wall $b$ | magnification $M = b/g$ |
+|---|---|---|
+| 60 mm | 300 mm | 5× |
+| 75 mm | 150 mm | 2× |
+| 100 mm | 100 mm | 1× |
+
+Move the setup, refocus, measure again — the numbers really do come out. When the
+image is sharp, you have *measured* the lens equation.
+
+## What's next?
+
+- **Why is the image upside-down?** → [How images form](../explanation/how-images-form.md)
+- **Measure a focal length properly** → [Measure a focal length](../how-to/measure-a-focal-length.md)
+- **Ready for two lenses?** → [Build a telescope](./build-a-telescope.md)
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/corebox/tutorials/your-first-microscope.md b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/tutorials/your-first-microscope.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cd1165fbf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/disc/corebox/tutorials/your-first-microscope.md
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+---
+title: Your first microscope
+sidebar_position: 3
+description: Build the smartphone microscope with the 4× objective and Z-stage, and photograph real cells with your own phone. The CoreBox "wow" moment.
+---
+
+# Tutorial: Your first microscope
+
+*Learning-oriented. Follow along start to finish — by the end you will have a
+micrograph taken with your own phone. About 45 minutes.*
+
+In this tutorial you'll build the **smartphone microscope**: a real microscope with
+a genuine 4× objective, fine focus via the geared Z-stage, and your phone as the
+camera. This is the setup where most people say "wow" out loud.
+
+
+*Focusing the smartphone microscope with the Z-stage gear.*
+
+## What you need
+
+From the CoreBox:
+
+- **4× microscope objective** and the **Z-stage cube** (geared mount)
+- **Eyepiece cube** (Ramsden eyepiece)
+- **2× 45° mirror cubes**
+- **Sample holder cube** with a prepared sample
+- One **50 mm lens cube** (as condenser above the sample)
+- 3 **empty cubes**
+- 11 **puzzle base plates** + the **smartphone holder plate**
+- **Torch** with holder
+- Your **smartphone**
+
+
+*All parts laid out.*
+
+### The plan (side view)
+
+
+*Light path: torch → condenser lens → sample → 4× objective → two mirrors fold the
+beam → eyepiece → smartphone camera.*
+
+## Step 1 — Prepare the Z-stage
+
+The Z-stage insert may need to be **rotated by 90° inside its cube** so the
+objective points upward. Then screw the **4× objective** into the RMS thread.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+*Objective screwed into the Z-stage; the small gear moves it up and down.*
+
+:::tip Two RMS threads?
+The Z-stage has **two threaded holes, offset by 5 mm**. Use the one that puts the
+objective at the correct height for your build — if there is a puzzle plate between
+the Z-stage cube and the next cube, use the hole **closer to the edge**.
+:::
+
+## Step 2 — Build the horizontal beam path
+
+Click **four base plates** in a row. Place, in order: the **Z-stage/objective cube**,
+the **two mirror cubes facing each other** (they periscope the light along the row),
+and one **empty cube**. Fix everything with plates on top.
+
+
+*The base-plate row.*
+
+
+*Objective cube, the two mirrors, and an empty cube, locked with plates.*
+
+:::tip Mirror orientation
+Each 45° mirror must reflect the light 90° **in the right direction** — the light
+comes *down* from the objective, travels *along* the row, and goes *up* to the
+eyepiece. If a mirror faces the wrong way, open the cube and re-seat the insert:
+[Open and reconfigure a cube](../how-to/open-and-reconfigure-a-cube.md).
+:::
+
+## Step 3 — Add the eyepiece
+
+Place the **eyepiece cube** above the second mirror (with an empty cube as spacer if
+your geometry needs it). **Mind the orientation of the eyepiece** — the wider lens
+faces down, towards the mirror.
+
+
+
+:::note ✏️ TODO — Benedict
+Add a close-up photo of the eyepiece insert showing clearly which side is "down".
+This was a specific point of user feedback: with the current photos you cannot tell
+the orientation of the parts.
+:::
+
+## Step 4 — Sample, condenser, light
+
+1. Put the **sample holder cube** on top of the objective. Lift the top magnet, slide
+ the prepared slide between the magnets, sample **centred over the objective**.
+2. Put the **50 mm lens cube** on top of the sample holder (it concentrates the light).
+3. Set the **torch** in its holder on top, pointing down.
+
+
+*Sample holder above the objective — coarse height by sliding, fine height by gear.*
+
+
+*The full stack: torch → condenser → sample → objective.*
+
+Switch the torch to its **constant bright mode** (click through the blink modes).
+
+## Step 5 — Look with your eye first
+
+Before the phone: look into the eyepiece and slowly turn the **Z-stage gear** until
+the sample comes into focus. If you see nothing, nudge the slide so the sample
+really is over the objective, and check that both mirrors send the light your way.
+
+## Step 6 — Add the smartphone
+
+Lay the **smartphone holder plate** over the eyepiece, camera lens aligned with the
+eyepiece opening, and slide the phone until the **whole eyepiece circle is bright**
+on screen.
+
+
+*The camera must sit exactly on the eyepiece axis.*
+
+Then turn the Z-stage gear for final focus — and take the picture.
+
+
+*Fine-focusing while watching the phone screen.*
+
+**You did it.** That's a real micrograph — roughly 4 µm-sized details resolved — taken
+with hardware you assembled from cubes.
+
+
+*What a prepared sample can look like through the CoreBox smartphone microscope.*
+
+## If the image disappoints
+
+Stripes, glare, dark corners, low contrast — all of them have simple causes and
+two-minute fixes: → [Troubleshoot the smartphone microscope](../how-to/troubleshoot-the-smartphone-microscope.md).
+
+## Try this
+
+- **Zoom digitally** on the phone — how far can you go before it gets mushy?
+- **Move the torch sideways** and watch shadows appear: you've discovered oblique
+ (darkfield-ish) illumination.
+- **Replace the Ramsden eyepiece with a bare 50 mm lens.** Which is better for the
+ eye, which for the phone? (The Ramsden's two-lens design gives a flatter, cleaner
+ field — [How a microscope works](../explanation/how-a-microscope-works.md) explains why.)
+- **Measure your magnification** with the calibration ruler →
+ [Calibrate the magnification](../how-to/calibrate-magnification.md).
+- **Make your own sample** with the blank slide, tweezers and pipette →
+ [Prepare your own sample](../how-to/prepare-your-own-sample.md).
+
+## What's next?
+
+- **How does it actually work?** → [How a microscope works](../explanation/how-a-microscope-works.md)
+- **The classroom versions with the eye instead of the phone** →
+ [infinity microscope](../how-to/build-the-infinity-microscope.md) and
+ [finite microscope](../how-to/build-the-finite-microscope.md)
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/05_DiscoveryPolarization/APP_POL_Crossed_Polarizers/Readme.md b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/05_DiscoveryPolarization/APP_POL_Crossed_Polarizers/Readme.md
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/05_DiscoveryPolarization/APP_POL_Crossed_Polarizers/Readme.md
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/05_DiscoveryPolarization/APP_POL_Crossed_Polarizers/Readme.md
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/05_DiscoveryPolarization/APP_POL_Stress_Birefringence/Readme.md b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/05_DiscoveryPolarization/APP_POL_Stress_Birefringence/Readme.md
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/05_DiscoveryPolarization/APP_POL_Stress_Birefringence/Readme.md
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/05_DiscoveryPolarization/APP_POL_Stress_Birefringence/Readme.md
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/05_DiscoveryPolarization/APP_POL_Three_Polarizers/Readme.md b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/05_DiscoveryPolarization/APP_POL_Three_Polarizers/Readme.md
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/05_DiscoveryPolarization/APP_POL_Three_Polarizers/Readme.md
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/05_DiscoveryPolarization/APP_POL_Three_Polarizers/Readme.md
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/05_DiscoveryPolarization/Readme.md b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/05_DiscoveryPolarization/Readme.md
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/05_DiscoveryPolarization/Readme.md
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/05_DiscoveryPolarization/Readme.md
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/annotated-mirror-heater_DE.jpg b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/annotated-mirror-heater_DE.jpg
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/annotated-mirror-heater_DE.jpg
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/annotated-mirror-heater_DE.jpg
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/annotated-mirror-heater_EN.jpg b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/annotated-mirror-heater_EN.jpg
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/annotated-mirror-heater_EN.jpg
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/annotated-mirror-heater_EN.jpg
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/calliope-in-interferometer.jpg b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/calliope-in-interferometer.jpg
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/calliope-in-interferometer.jpg
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/calliope-in-interferometer.jpg
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000038.jpg b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000038.jpg
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000038.jpg
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000038.jpg
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000057.jpg b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000057.jpg
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000057.jpg
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000057.jpg
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000061.jpg b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000061.jpg
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000061.jpg
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000061.jpg
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000062.jpg b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000062.jpg
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000062.jpg
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000062.jpg
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000063.jpg b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000063.jpg
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000063.jpg
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000063.jpg
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000064.jpg b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000064.jpg
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000064.jpg
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000064.jpg
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000065.jpg b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000065.jpg
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000065.jpg
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000065.jpg
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000067.jpg b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000067.jpg
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000067.jpg
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000067.jpg
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000072.jpg b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000072.jpg
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000072.jpg
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000072.jpg
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000075.jpg b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000075.jpg
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000075.jpg
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000075.jpg
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000078.jpg b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000078.jpg
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000078.jpg
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000078.jpg
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000083.jpg b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000083.jpg
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000083.jpg
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000083.jpg
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000084.jpg b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000084.jpg
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000084.jpg
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000084.jpg
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000085.jpg b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000085.jpg
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000085.jpg
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000085.jpg
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000086.jpg b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000086.jpg
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000086.jpg
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000086.jpg
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000088.jpg b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000088.jpg
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000088.jpg
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000088.jpg
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000090.jpg b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000090.jpg
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000090.jpg
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000090.jpg
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000095.jpg b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000095.jpg
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000095.jpg
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/capture000095.jpg
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/growing-interference-pattern.mp4 b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/growing-interference-pattern.mp4
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/growing-interference-pattern.mp4
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/growing-interference-pattern.mp4
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/makecode_graphs.png b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/makecode_graphs.png
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/makecode_graphs.png
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/makecode_graphs.png
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/makecode_motor-menu.png b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/makecode_motor-menu.png
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/makecode_motor-menu.png
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/makecode_motor-menu.png
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/makecode_program.png b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/makecode_program.png
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/makecode_program.png
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/IMAGES/makecode_program.png
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/calliope-mirror-heater_DE.md b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/calliope-mirror-heater_DE.md
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/calliope-mirror-heater_DE.md
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/calliope-mirror-heater_DE.md
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/calliope-mirror-heater_EN.md b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/calliope-mirror-heater_EN.md
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/calliope-mirror-heater_EN.md
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/06_HoloBox_plus_Calliope/calliope-mirror-heater_EN.md
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/fep.gif b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/fep.gif
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/fep.gif
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/fep.gif
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/fftalignment.gif b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/fftalignment.gif
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/fftalignment.gif
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/fftalignment.gif
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/figure_00_slide_background.png b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/figure_00_slide_background.png
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/figure_00_slide_background.png
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/figure_00_slide_background.png
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/figure_01_setup_top_view.png b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/figure_01_setup_top_view.png
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/figure_01_setup_top_view.png
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/figure_01_setup_top_view.png
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/figure_02_setup_top_and_side_view.png b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/figure_02_setup_top_and_side_view.png
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/figure_02_setup_top_and_side_view.png
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/figure_02_setup_top_and_side_view.png
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/figure_03_phase_to_hologram.png b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/figure_03_phase_to_hologram.png
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/figure_03_phase_to_hologram.png
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/figure_03_phase_to_hologram.png
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/figure_04_hologram_fft.png b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/figure_04_hologram_fft.png
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/figure_04_hologram_fft.png
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/figure_04_hologram_fft.png
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/figure_05_filter_and_bg_compensation.png b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/figure_05_filter_and_bg_compensation.png
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/figure_05_filter_and_bg_compensation.png
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/figure_05_filter_and_bg_compensation.png
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/figure_06_phase_reconstruction.png b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/figure_06_phase_reconstruction.png
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/figure_06_phase_reconstruction.png
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/figure_06_phase_reconstruction.png
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/figure_07_multislice_code_snippet.png b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/figure_07_multislice_code_snippet.png
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/figure_07_multislice_code_snippet.png
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/figure_07_multislice_code_snippet.png
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/figure_08_tomography_comparison.png b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/figure_08_tomography_comparison.png
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/figure_08_tomography_comparison.png
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/figure_08_tomography_comparison.png
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/recon1.gif b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/recon1.gif
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/recon1.gif
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/recon1.gif
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/stack1.gif b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/stack1.gif
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/stack1.gif
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/IMAGES/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/stack1.gif
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/chromatix_offaxis_tomography.md b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/chromatix_offaxis_tomography.md
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/chromatix_offaxis_tomography.md
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/chromatix_offaxis_tomography.md
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/scripts/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/01_simulate_hologram.py b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/scripts/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/01_simulate_hologram.py
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/scripts/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/01_simulate_hologram.py
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/scripts/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/01_simulate_hologram.py
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/scripts/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/02_offaxis_reconstruct.py b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/scripts/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/02_offaxis_reconstruct.py
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/scripts/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/02_offaxis_reconstruct.py
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/scripts/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/02_offaxis_reconstruct.py
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/scripts/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/03_inverse_reconstruct.py b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/scripts/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/03_inverse_reconstruct.py
similarity index 100%
rename from docs/usage/disc/holobox/ARCHIVE/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/scripts/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/03_inverse_reconstruct.py
rename to docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/07_HoloBox_OffAxis_Tomographic_Microscope/scripts/chromatix_offaxis_tomography/03_inverse_reconstruct.py
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/IMAGES/INLINE/holo_screenshot_1.png b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/IMAGES/INLINE/holo_screenshot_1.png
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..04dc3a4ce
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/IMAGES/INLINE/holo_screenshot_1.png differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/IMAGES/INLINE/holo_screenshot_2.png b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/IMAGES/INLINE/holo_screenshot_2.png
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5712eadcc
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/IMAGES/INLINE/holo_screenshot_2.png differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/IMAGES/INLINE/holo_screenshot_3.png b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/IMAGES/INLINE/holo_screenshot_3.png
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bc558ee65
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/IMAGES/INLINE/holo_screenshot_3.png differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/IMAGES/INLINE/holo_screenshot_4.png b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/IMAGES/INLINE/holo_screenshot_4.png
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8fe4a912a
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/IMAGES/INLINE/holo_screenshot_4.png differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/your-first-hologram.md b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/your-first-hologram.md
index b1c502706..701980496 100644
--- a/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/your-first-hologram.md
+++ b/docs/usage/disc/holobox/tutorials/your-first-hologram.md
@@ -159,6 +159,14 @@ lensless microscope.
[How reconstruction works](../explanation/how-reconstruction-works.md).
- **Improve Hologram:** Remove the background using the remove background tab or the refine tab that estimates the sample mask.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
## Want to do it offline in Python?
If you'd rather capture a still and reconstruct it yourself in a Jupyter notebook (no live
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/README.md
index f021fbc09..ebc1d0df6 100644
--- a/docs/usage/pro/frame/README.md
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/README.md
@@ -1,6 +1,18 @@
# FRAME
-Welcome to the usage documentation for the openUC2 FRAME robotic microscope! Our documentation is organized into:
+Welcome to the documentation for the openUC2 **FRAME** — a fast, automated microscope
+with fixed optics and a moving sample, built on open hardware, firmware, and software.
+
+:::note Draft — audience router
+TODO: turn this into three visual cards. For now, pick your path:
+
+- **I'm setting one up** → [Day-1 tutorials](./tutorials/day-1/README.md)
+- **I operate one (routine imaging)** → [Day-2 tutorials](./tutorials/day-2/README.md)
+- **I'm building on it (hardware / apps / software)** → [Developers](./developers/README.md)
+- **I'm deciding whether FRAME fits me** → [Explanations](./explanations/README.md)
+:::
+
+Our documentation is organized into:
- [Hands-on tutorials](./tutorials/README.md) to help you learn how to use the FRAME in an effective way.
@@ -21,3 +33,9 @@ Welcome to the usage documentation for the openUC2 FRAME robotic microscope! Our
If you don't have a FRAME yet and you're not sure whether a FRAME is the right solution for you, please continue to our [explanations](./explanations/README.md) of the FRAME's design and what problems it solves.
:::
+
+- [Developer documentation](./developers/README.md) for building on the FRAME: hardware
+ add-ons, application/workflow integration (REST API, Python), and extending the
+ ImSwitch control software.
+
+- [Add-ons](./addons/README.md): optional hardware modules for the FRAME.
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/addons/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/addons/README.md
index 55135b92e..2ba01d9bd 100644
--- a/docs/usage/pro/frame/addons/README.md
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/addons/README.md
@@ -1 +1,27 @@
+---
+sidebar_label: Add-ons
+---
+
# Add-ons
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+Optional hardware modules for the FRAME. Each add-on page should say **what problem it
+solves**, **what's included / CAD link**, **how to mount it**, and **how to use/calibrate
+it in software** — the [objective holder](./objective-slide/00_main.md) page is the
+template to match.
+
+| Add-on | What it does | For |
+|---|---|---|
+| [Objective holder / slide](./objective-slide/00_main.md) | Two objectives on a motorized carriage; bring your own optics | Users + developers |
+| [Focus lock](./focus-lock/README.md) | IR focus lock to hold focus during long / multi-position runs | Users |
+| [MTP / well-plate adapter](./mtp-plate-adapter.md) | Sample holder for microplates | Users |
+
+:::note TODO
+- Add a photo per add-on to this table.
+- Candidate new add-on pages from the Notion export / repo: the Heidstar well-plate
+ sample holder (`addons/mtp-plate-adapter` has the STP), any test-slot fixtures.
+- To design your own add-on, see [Developers / build an add-on](../developers/hardware/build-an-addon/README.md).
+:::
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/addons/mtp-plate-adapter.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/addons/mtp-plate-adapter.md
index 5ec836960..6117c7a19 100644
--- a/docs/usage/pro/frame/addons/mtp-plate-adapter.md
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/addons/mtp-plate-adapter.md
@@ -4,7 +4,31 @@ sidebar_position: 10
# MTP Plate Adapter
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+## What it does
+
+- Holds a microtiter / well plate on the FRAME stage. Which plate formats it fits.
+
+## What's included
+
+- The printed adapter (CAD below).
[3D printing FILE (STP)](./stp/Heidstar_sampleholder_wellplate.stp)
+
+## Mounting
+
+- How it secures to the stage; orientation (A1 corner).
+- Cross-link the user workflow: [change the sample holder](../tutorials/day-2/reconfigure/sample-holder.md).
+
+## Using it in software
+
+- Selecting the plate format; well-plate view.
+
+:::note TODO
+Confirm compatible plate formats and add a mounted-on-stage photo.
+:::
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..389cf78bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+sidebar_label: Developers
+sidebar_position: 5
+---
+
+# Developers
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+Documentation for people building **on** or **with** the FRAME. Pick your track:
+
+- **[Hardware](./hardware/README.md)** — design mechanical/electrical add-ons and modules.
+- **[Applications & Integration](./applications/README.md)** — automate and integrate the
+ FRAME via REST API / Python / external devices.
+- **[Extending ImSwitch](./software/README.md)** — add devices, widgets, and features to
+ the control software itself.
+
+:::note TODO — decision
+Confirm this Developers section should be FRAME-local (recommended, self-contained) and
+cross-link to the repo-wide `docs/dev/` for shared topics, rather than the reverse.
+:::
+
+## Key repositories and references
+
+- ImSwitch (control software) — see `ImSwitch_Functionality_Overview.md` in the repo.
+- UC2-REST / ESP32 firmware — TODO add link.
+- Hardware CAD (FRAME, add-ons) — TODO add links.
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/_category_.yml b/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/_category_.yml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1ba8a4123
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/_category_.yml
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+position: 5
+label: Developers
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/applications/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/applications/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..99316e4bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/applications/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+---
+sidebar_label: Overview
+sidebar_position: 0
+---
+
+# Applications and integration
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+*Is this you? You want to automate the FRAME or plug it into a larger workflow — without
+modifying ImSwitch itself.*
+
+## In this track
+
+- [REST API](./rest-api/README.md)
+- [Python SDK](./python-sdk/README.md)
+- [Workflow integration](./workflow-integration/README.md) (robots, liquid handlers, triggers)
+- [Headless scripting](./headless-scripting/README.md)
+
+:::note TODO
+Source for all of these: `ImSwitch_Functionality_Overview.md` ("API & Integration",
+"Automation & Workflows"). Add links to live API docs / example notebooks.
+:::
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/applications/_category_.yml b/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/applications/_category_.yml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..09f1dbe12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/applications/_category_.yml
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+position: 2
+label: Applications & Integration
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/applications/headless-scripting/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/applications/headless-scripting/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..34943fe9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/applications/headless-scripting/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+---
+sidebar_label: Headless scripting
+sidebar_position: 40
+---
+
+# Headless scripting
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+- Running experiments without the GUI (batch / unattended).
+- Defining an acquisition in code/config and executing it.
+- Logging and retrieving results.
+
+:::note TODO
+Source: `ImSwitch_Functionality_Overview.md` ("Experiment Management", "Docker &
+Deployment"). Add a runnable end-to-end example.
+:::
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/applications/python-sdk/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/applications/python-sdk/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..97d989973
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/applications/python-sdk/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+---
+sidebar_label: Python SDK
+sidebar_position: 20
+---
+
+# Python SDK
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+- Installing / connecting the Python client to a FRAME.
+- Controlling stage, camera, illumination from Python.
+- Running an acquisition (scan / Z-stack) programmatically.
+- Jupyter notebook workflow.
+
+```python
+# TODO: minimal working example (connect, move, snap, save)
+```
+
+:::note TODO
+Source: `ImSwitch_Functionality_Overview.md`. Add example notebooks (the ImSwitch repo
+has `examples/`). Confirm package name / install.
+:::
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/applications/rest-api/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/applications/rest-api/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..af30e53e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/applications/rest-api/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+---
+sidebar_label: REST API
+sidebar_position: 10
+---
+
+# REST API
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+- Base URL / how to reach the API on a FRAME; discovering endpoints (OpenAPI/Swagger?).
+- Authentication (if any).
+- Core examples: read/set stage position, snap an image, start a scan, set illumination.
+- Response formats and error handling.
+
+```bash
+# TODO: minimal working curl example (move stage, snap)
+```
+
+:::note TODO
+Source: `ImSwitch_Functionality_Overview.md` ("API & Integration"). Confirm the endpoint
+list and paste real request/response examples. Link the live API docs.
+:::
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/applications/workflow-integration/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/applications/workflow-integration/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a881e9f8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/applications/workflow-integration/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+---
+sidebar_label: Workflow integration
+sidebar_position: 30
+---
+
+# Workflow integration
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+*Integrating the FRAME with external automation.*
+
+- Robotic arms / liquid handlers loading samples onto the FRAME.
+- External hardware triggers; the microcontroller trigger-series / `moveForever` for
+ fast, Python-independent scanning.
+- Synchronising acquisition with external events.
+- Example integration architectures.
+
+:::note TODO
+Source: `ImSwitch_Functionality_Overview.md` ("Automation & Workflows",
+"Sending xy positions to microcontroller and run trigger series", "moveForever").
+Add a diagram of a FRAME-in-a-workcell.
+:::
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/hardware/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/hardware/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3ae3f03a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/hardware/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+sidebar_label: Overview
+sidebar_position: 0
+---
+
+# Hardware development
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+*Is this you? You want to design a new mount, module, or add-on for the FRAME.*
+
+## How the FRAME is modular
+
+- Mechanical interfaces (UC2 cubes, mounting rails/plates), the HAT, the controllers.
+
+## In this track
+
+- [Build an add-on](./build-an-addon/README.md)
+- [Electronics and controllers](./electronics-controllers/README.md)
+
+## Existing add-ons as worked examples
+
+- [Objective slide/holder](../../addons/objective-slide/00_main.md) — kinematic mount,
+ alignment, CAD.
+- [Focus lock](../../addons/focus-lock/README.md)
+- [MTP / well-plate adapter](../../addons/mtp-plate-adapter.md)
+
+:::note TODO
+Decide: keep `addons/` as the public catalog and treat this track as the "how to build
+one" guidance (recommended), or move add-on pages under here.
+:::
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/hardware/_category_.yml b/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/hardware/_category_.yml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a031f620c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/hardware/_category_.yml
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+position: 1
+label: Hardware
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/hardware/build-an-addon/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/hardware/build-an-addon/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1b78a519f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/hardware/build-an-addon/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+---
+sidebar_label: Build an add-on
+sidebar_position: 10
+---
+
+# Build an add-on
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+*How to design a new hardware add-on for the FRAME.* The
+[objective holder](../../../addons/objective-slide/00_main.md) is a strong worked example
+(kinematic mount, autocollimator alignment, published CAD) — mirror its structure.
+
+## Mounting interface
+
+- Where and how add-ons attach; dimensions/tolerances; CAD conventions.
+
+## Alignment and kinematics
+
+- Kinematic (3-point) mounting so a plane stays parallel to the sensor; alignment tools
+ (autocollimator / collimator eyepiece).
+
+## Electronics (if any)
+
+- Connecting to a controller; see [electronics and controllers](../electronics-controllers/README.md).
+
+## Software integration (if any)
+
+- Exposing the add-on to ImSwitch; see [add a device](../../software/add-a-device/README.md).
+
+## Publish it
+
+- Provide CAD (STP/STEP), a photo, and a short usage note; add it to the
+ [add-ons catalog](../../../addons/README.md).
+
+:::note TODO
+Turn the objective-slide page's design principles into a reusable checklist here.
+:::
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/hardware/electronics-controllers/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/hardware/electronics-controllers/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f0b3181ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/hardware/electronics-controllers/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+---
+sidebar_label: Electronics & controllers
+sidebar_position: 20
+---
+
+# Electronics and controllers
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+The boards that drive FRAME hardware and how to interface with them.
+
+## The HAT and Raspberry Pi
+
+- What the HAT controls (power, cooler, LED status); SD-card/RPi access.
+
+## Motion controller
+
+- Stepper drivers, endstops, homing, `moveForever` / trigger series.
+
+## Illumination controller
+
+- LED matrix / ring; laser control; status LEDs.
+
+## Objective controller
+
+- Position calibration and on-device storage.
+
+:::note TODO
+Notion sources: `TASK-FR018 HAT Megapixel LED status`, `TASK-FR034 LED slider range`,
+`TASK-FR012 SD card / RPi hardware`, objective-slide add-on. Link the firmware page:
+[firmware](../../software/firmware/README.md), and UC2-REST/ESP32 repos.
+:::
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/software/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/software/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a4a839c48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/software/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+sidebar_label: Overview
+sidebar_position: 0
+---
+
+# Extending ImSwitch
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+*Is this you? You want to change the control software itself — add a device driver, a
+frontend widget, or a feature.*
+
+## In this track
+
+- [Architecture](./architecture/README.md)
+- [Development environment](./dev-environment/README.md)
+- [Add a device driver](./add-a-device/README.md)
+- [Add a frontend widget](./add-a-widget/README.md)
+- [Firmware](./firmware/README.md)
+- [Contributing](./contributing/README.md)
+
+:::note TODO
+Primary source: the ImSwitch repository (`imswitch/`, `frontend/`, `docker/`,
+`pyproject.toml`, `tests/`) and `ImSwitch_Functionality_Overview.md`.
+:::
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/software/_category_.yml b/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/software/_category_.yml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..21c108be9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/software/_category_.yml
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+position: 3
+label: Extending ImSwitch
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/software/add-a-device/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/software/add-a-device/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7193eaaf8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/software/add-a-device/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+---
+sidebar_label: Add a device driver
+sidebar_position: 30
+---
+
+# Add a device driver
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+*Add support for a new camera, laser/LED, or positioner.*
+
+- The manager pattern: what interface a new device implements.
+- Registering the device in the configuration JSON.
+- Testing against the virtual device first.
+- Example: walk through adding one device type end to end.
+
+:::note TODO
+Source: `ImSwitch_Functionality_Overview.md` ("Extensibility", supported device types:
+ESP32, virtual, Cobolt, CoolLED, SQUID, etc.). Reference:
+[config JSON](../../../reference/config-json/README.md).
+:::
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/software/add-a-widget/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/software/add-a-widget/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2761a8c3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/software/add-a-widget/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+---
+sidebar_label: Add a frontend widget
+sidebar_position: 40
+---
+
+# Add a frontend widget / feature
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+*Add a new control or panel to the ImSwitch frontend.*
+
+- Frontend structure; where widgets live; how they call the backend.
+- Worked examples from real features: the digital-zoom control and the simplified
+ autofocus panel.
+- Build and test the frontend.
+
+:::note TODO
+Reuse the real change notes: `TASK-FR024` (digital zoom, added in frontend v1.6.2) and
+`TASK-FR025` (autofocus UI simplification, v1.6.3) describe concrete widget additions
+with screenshots. Source: `frontend/` in the ImSwitch repo.
+:::
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/software/architecture/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/software/architecture/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..254e0e78f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/software/architecture/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+---
+sidebar_label: Architecture
+sidebar_position: 10
+---
+
+# ImSwitch architecture (for contributors)
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+- Backend structure: managers/controllers, the module system.
+- Frontend structure and how it talks to the backend (REST).
+- The configuration system (JSON) and how it wires devices.
+- Where the FRAME-specific pieces live.
+
+:::note TODO
+User-level overview is in
+[Explanations / ImSwitch architecture](../../../explanations/imswitch-architecture/README.md);
+this page is the contributor-level detail. Source: `imswitch/` package,
+`ImSwitch_Functionality_Overview.md`.
+:::
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/software/contributing/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/software/contributing/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cf5c152fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/software/contributing/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+---
+sidebar_label: Contributing
+sidebar_position: 60
+---
+
+# Contributing
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+- Where code lives (repos) and how it's organised.
+- Issue and pull-request workflow.
+- Coding standards / linting (`ruff`).
+- Testing (`pytest`, the `tests/` suite).
+- How the internal `TASK-FRxxx` process maps to public issues (if at all).
+
+:::note TODO
+Source: ImSwitch repo (`tests/`, `pytest.ini`, `.ruff_cache`, `CITATION.cff`, `LICENSE`).
+Link the repo's own CONTRIBUTING if it exists.
+:::
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/software/dev-environment/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/software/dev-environment/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8b314d830
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/software/dev-environment/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+---
+sidebar_label: Dev environment
+sidebar_position: 20
+---
+
+# Development environment
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+- Clone the repositories (backend, frontend).
+- Python environment (`uv` / venv); install dependencies.
+- Run the backend; run the frontend; connect them.
+- Docker-based deployment.
+- Running against real hardware vs. the virtual/simulated devices.
+
+```bash
+# TODO: exact commands (uv sync / pip install -e ., run backend, run frontend)
+```
+
+:::note TODO
+Source: ImSwitch repo (`pyproject.toml`, `uv.lock`, `docker/`, `Dockerfile`,
+`frontend/`, `main.py`). Note the virtual-stage/simulation support for dev without hardware.
+:::
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/software/firmware/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/software/firmware/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..48e5a0e26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/developers/software/firmware/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+---
+sidebar_label: Firmware
+sidebar_position: 50
+---
+
+# Firmware
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+- The ESP32 firmware / UC2-REST relationship to ImSwitch.
+- How to flash / update firmware; the correct procedure and verification.
+- Checking the installed version.
+
+:::note TODO
+Notion source: `TASK-FR021 Firmware update and check - correct procedure`.
+Operator-level version: [Day-1 software install](../../../guides/day-1/sw-install/README.md).
+Add links to the UC2-ESP / UC2-REST repositories.
+:::
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/explanations/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/explanations/README.md
index 2c4980a52..2d6f985b4 100644
--- a/docs/usage/pro/frame/explanations/README.md
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/explanations/README.md
@@ -4,3 +4,16 @@ sidebar_position: 4
---
# In-Depth Explanations
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+Understanding-oriented pages — read these to understand *why* the FRAME works the way
+it does. No machine needed.
+
+- [What is the FRAME?](./what-is-frame/README.md) — design philosophy, for people deciding.
+- [How scanning works](./how-scanning-works/README.md) — tiles, stitching, calibration.
+- [Autofocus explained](./autofocus-explained/README.md) — image-based vs. hardware.
+- [Illumination and contrast](./illumination-and-contrast/README.md) — brightfield, DPC, fluorescence.
+- [ImSwitch architecture](./imswitch-architecture/README.md) — bridge to the developer docs.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/explanations/autofocus-explained/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/explanations/autofocus-explained/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cd3103363
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/explanations/autofocus-explained/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+sidebar_label: Autofocus explained
+sidebar_position: 30
+---
+
+# Autofocus explained
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+## Image-based autofocus
+
+- How a sharpness metric over a Z-sweep finds best focus; strengths/weaknesses.
+
+## Hardware-based autofocus / focus lock
+
+- A dedicated sensor holding focus continuously; when it wins.
+- Cross-link: [focus-lock add-on](../../addons/focus-lock/README.md).
+
+## Choosing between them (and focus maps)
+
+- Comparison: speed, robustness, sample type, data cost.
+
+:::note TODO
+Notion sources: `TASK-FR025 autofocus settings`, `TASK-FR027 autofocus not stable`.
+The focus-lock add-on page already has a calibration plot and simulation GIF to reuse.
+:::
+
+## Related
+
+- How-to: [Autofocus](../../guides/day-2/autofocus/README.md)
+- Tutorial: [Focus map](../../tutorials/day-2/focus-map/README.md)
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/explanations/how-scanning-works/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/explanations/how-scanning-works/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..32114188e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/explanations/how-scanning-works/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+---
+sidebar_label: How scanning works
+sidebar_position: 20
+---
+
+# How scanning works
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+*Conceptual companion to the [stitched scan](../../tutorials/day-2/stitching-scan/README.md)
+and calibration how-tos.*
+
+## From one frame to a whole slide
+
+- Field of view vs. sample size; the stage tiles the sample under the objective.
+
+## Stitching
+
+- Overlap; how tiles are aligned; why calibration (pixel size, rotation) matters.
+
+## Why calibration matters
+
+- Pixel size → real distances; camera rotation → straight seams; backlash → position error.
+
+## Keeping focus over a large area
+
+- Single-Z vs. autofocus vs. focus map; sample flatness/tilt.
+
+:::note TODO
+Consider a generated diagram (like the CoreBox/HoloBox figures) showing tiling +
+stitching + focus surface. Link the calibration how-tos.
+:::
+
+## Related
+
+- [Calibrate pixel size](../../guides/day-2/calibrate-pixel-size/README.md),
+ [Calibrate the stage](../../guides/day-2/calibrate-stage/README.md)
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/explanations/illumination-and-contrast/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/explanations/illumination-and-contrast/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..705a12d86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/explanations/illumination-and-contrast/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+---
+sidebar_label: Illumination & contrast
+sidebar_position: 40
+---
+
+# Illumination and contrast
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+*For users (biologists) choosing how to light a sample.*
+
+## Brightfield
+
+- Transmitted light; when it's enough; the role of a diffusor for even illumination.
+
+## Oblique / darkfield and the LED matrix
+
+- What patterned illumination from the LED matrix enables.
+
+## Differential phase contrast (DPC)
+
+- Turning transparent (phase) samples into contrast, computationally, from opposing
+ illumination halves. When to prefer it over brightfield.
+
+## Fluorescence
+
+- Labels/dyes and matching laser lines; contrast from emission, not transmission.
+
+:::note TODO
+Notion sources: `FAT Part 3/7/8` (Matrix LED, DPC), the shadow/diffusor investigation in
+`FAT part 7`. Consider a small figure comparing brightfield vs. DPC vs. fluorescence.
+:::
+
+## Related
+
+- How-to: [Illumination, DPC, matrix](../../guides/day-2/illumination-dpc-matrix/README.md)
+- Tutorial: [Fluorescence](../../tutorials/day-2/fluorescence/README.md)
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/explanations/imswitch-architecture/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/explanations/imswitch-architecture/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5c58b96d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/explanations/imswitch-architecture/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+---
+sidebar_label: ImSwitch architecture
+sidebar_position: 50
+---
+
+# ImSwitch architecture
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+This page is the bridge from user docs into the Developers section.
+:::
+
+## The big picture
+
+- Browser frontend ↔ Python backend ↔ hardware (via managers/controllers) ↔ firmware.
+- REST API exposes the backend for scripting/integration.
+
+## Managers and the modular model
+
+- How devices (cameras, lasers/LEDs, positioners, objectives) are abstracted as managers.
+- How the configuration JSON selects and parameterises them.
+
+## Where things live
+
+- Frontend, backend, config, firmware repos.
+
+:::note TODO
+Source: `ImSwitch_Functionality_Overview.md` in the ImSwitch repo (has a full feature
+breakdown). Add a simple architecture diagram.
+:::
+
+## Related (developers)
+
+- [Extending ImSwitch](../../developers/software/architecture/README.md)
+- [Add a device driver](../../developers/software/add-a-device/README.md)
+- [REST API](../../developers/applications/rest-api/README.md)
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/explanations/what-is-frame/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/explanations/what-is-frame/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f1ed6bdb5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/explanations/what-is-frame/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+---
+sidebar_label: What is the FRAME?
+sidebar_position: 10
+---
+
+# What is the FRAME?
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+*For people deciding whether a FRAME fits their work.*
+
+## The core idea
+
+- Fixed optics, moving sample; why this makes the system rigid, fast and reconfigurable.
+- FRAME = "Fast and Rigid Automated Microscope Engine".
+
+## Modular by design
+
+- UC2 cube interfaces; swapping optical modules without realignment.
+
+## Open source
+
+- Open hardware, firmware, software; what you can change; community/support.
+
+## Who it's for (and who it isn't)
+
+- Target users and workflows; honest limitations.
+
+:::note TODO
+Pull framing from openuc2.com/products/frame. Add a hero photo and a simple diagram
+of "sample moves, optics fixed".
+:::
+
+## Related
+
+- [Specifications](../../reference/specifications/README.md)
+- [How scanning works](../how-scanning-works/README.md)
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-0/hw-assembly/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-0/hw-assembly/README.md
index 2103ff266..87d8bbc0c 100644
--- a/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-0/hw-assembly/README.md
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-0/hw-assembly/README.md
@@ -4,3 +4,32 @@ sidebar_position: 0
---
# Hardware Assembly
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+Planning decisions to make **before** a FRAME arrives or is redeployed.
+
+## Bench and environment
+
+- Space (300 x 300 x 300 mm plus clearance), flat/stable surface, vibration, light control.
+- Temperature/humidity limits for live-cell or long time-lapse work.
+
+## Power planning
+
+- Region/voltage (110/230 V); the included Meanwell supply; optional 12 V battery.
+
+:::note TODO
+Notion source: `TASK-FR028 Organize correct power supply for FRAME`.
+:::
+
+## Choose your configuration
+
+- Which objectives (4x/10x/20x/60x), camera (mono/colour), illumination
+ (LED matrix, which lasers), sample-holder type (slides / well plates / dishes).
+- Cross-link: [Reference / specifications](../../../reference/specifications/README.md).
+
+## References
+
+- [Day-1 hardware assembly](../../day-1/hw-assembly/README.md)
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-0/sw-install/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-0/sw-install/README.md
index 4c3486f40..466fe9a95 100644
--- a/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-0/sw-install/README.md
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-0/sw-install/README.md
@@ -4,6 +4,28 @@ sidebar_position: 10
# Software Installation
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+Deciding **whether** you need to install anything before deployment (FRAME ships
+pre-imaged) and, if so, what.
+
+## Do you need to install anything?
+
+- FRAME arrives with ImSwitch + OS pre-installed; when a fresh install/reflash is needed.
+
## How to choose an operating system
+- What ships by default; supported alternatives.
+
## How to choose a version of your chosen operating system
+
+- Matching ImSwitch frontend/backend and firmware versions.
+
+:::note TODO
+Point to the actual install/reflash procedure in
+[Developers / dev environment](../../../developers/software/dev-environment/README.md)
+and firmware in [Developers / firmware](../../../developers/software/firmware/README.md).
+Notion source: `TASK-FR021 Firmware update and check`, `TASK-FR020 after OS Update ...`.
+:::
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-1/hw-assembly/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-1/hw-assembly/README.md
index 2ac7c4d09..e83309840 100644
--- a/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-1/hw-assembly/README.md
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-1/hw-assembly/README.md
@@ -3,3 +3,26 @@ sidebar_position: 0
---
# Hardware Assembly
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+Concise final-assembly checklist for someone who has done this before (the teaching
+version is the [Day-1 unboxing tutorial](../../../tutorials/day-1/unboxing/README.md)).
+
+## Final assembly checklist
+
+- Unpack, place, remove shipping locks.
+- Mount sample holder; confirm objective carriage free to move.
+- Connect power and peripherals.
+
+## Hardware-readiness check
+
+- Quick pass/fail checks before powering the software.
+
+:::note TODO
+Notion source: `FAT FRAME #0007 Korea - Part 1` links a "Checklist Hardware readiness"
+spreadsheet — distil the key checks here. Cross-link
+[operational readiness tutorial](../../../tutorials/day-1/operational-readiness/README.md).
+:::
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-1/sw-install/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-1/sw-install/README.md
index d85333d8f..9c757bbff 100644
--- a/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-1/sw-install/README.md
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-1/sw-install/README.md
@@ -3,3 +3,26 @@ sidebar_position: 10
---
# Software Installation
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+Performing any necessary software/firmware install so the machine can be turned on.
+
+## Update / verify firmware
+
+- The correct firmware update + verification procedure.
+
+:::note TODO
+Notion source: `TASK-FR021 Firmware update and check - correct procedure`.
+Detailed developer version: [Developers / firmware](../../../developers/software/firmware/README.md).
+:::
+
+## Update / verify ImSwitch
+
+- Checking frontend + backend versions match; where to see the version.
+
+:::note TODO
+Notion source: `TASK-FR020 Bug after OS Update install Ethan and Arkitekt`.
+:::
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/README.md
index 63966c03c..81086c86d 100644
--- a/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/README.md
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/README.md
@@ -4,3 +4,32 @@ toc_max_heading_level: 4
---
# Day 2: Routine Operations
+
+:::tip
+If this is your first time, go through the [Day-2 tutorials](../../tutorials/day-2/README.md)
+instead — these guides are concise recipes, not for learning.
+:::
+
+Task-oriented recipes for operators who already know the FRAME. Grouped into
+calibration and operation.
+
+## Calibration
+
+- [Calibrate an objective](./calibrate-objective/README.md)
+- [Calibrate pixel size](./calibrate-pixel-size/README.md)
+- [Calibrate the stage (backlash, rotation)](./calibrate-stage/README.md)
+
+## Operation
+
+- [Autofocus](./autofocus/README.md)
+- [Homing](./homing/README.md)
+- [Use the game controller](./controller/README.md)
+- [Illumination: LED matrix, DPC, brightfield](./illumination-dpc-matrix/README.md)
+- [Data output and export](./data-output/README.md)
+- [Digital zoom in Live View](./digital-zoom/README.md)
+
+:::note TODO
+Confirm this grouping and add any routine operation that's missing (e.g. daily start-up
+checklist, shutting down safely — the latter exists as a
+[Day-1 tutorial](../../tutorials/day-1/shutdown/README.md)).
+:::
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/autofocus/IMAGES/autofocus-settings-1.png b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/autofocus/IMAGES/autofocus-settings-1.png
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..83b9e3da8
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/autofocus/IMAGES/autofocus-settings-1.png differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/autofocus/IMAGES/autofocus-settings-2.png b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/autofocus/IMAGES/autofocus-settings-2.png
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9597af784
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/autofocus/IMAGES/autofocus-settings-2.png differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/autofocus/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/autofocus/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4e96d73a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/autofocus/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+---
+sidebar_label: Autofocus
+sidebar_position: 40
+---
+
+# Autofocus
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+*How-to, for operators.* Choose and configure autofocus.
+
+## Image-based vs. hardware-based
+
+- The two modes; when to use each (link to the [explanation](../../../explanations/autofocus-explained/README.md)).
+
+## Basic settings
+
+- Z-range and number of steps; automatic stop at stage limits.
+- Advanced settings hidden by default.
+
+
+
+*Basic vs. Advanced autofocus settings (from TASK-FR025, v1.6.3).*
+
+:::note TODO
+Reused from Notion `TASK-FR025`. Confirm these still match the current UI; consider a
+clean re-shot pair for publication.
+:::
+
+## Troubleshooting stability
+
+- Symptoms of unstable autofocus and what to change.
+
+:::note TODO
+Notion source: `TASK-FR027 Software Autofocus not stable`. Hardware focus lock:
+[focus-lock add-on](../../../addons/focus-lock/README.md).
+:::
+
+## Related
+
+- [Focus map tutorial](../../../tutorials/day-2/focus-map/README.md)
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/calibrate-objective/IMAGES/objective-calibration-placeholder.png b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/calibrate-objective/IMAGES/objective-calibration-placeholder.png
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cf544965f
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/calibrate-objective/IMAGES/objective-calibration-placeholder.png differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/calibrate-objective/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/calibrate-objective/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6e2bfcae2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/calibrate-objective/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+---
+sidebar_label: Calibrate an objective
+sidebar_position: 10
+---
+
+# Calibrate an objective
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+*How-to, for operators.* Register an objective's position and optical parameters so
+software switching and coordinates are correct.
+
+## When to do this
+
+- After mounting/moving an objective, first setup, or if positions drift.
+
+## Steps
+
+- Move to and store each objective position on the carriage.
+- Set/verify magnification, NA, pixel size, Z-offset per objective.
+- Label positions.
+
+
+:::note TODO image
+Objective-calibration UI. Notion source: `FAT FRAME #0007 Korea - Part 5`
+("Objective calibration", "Redo objective calibration"), `Part 8`.
+:::
+
+## Store it in the configuration
+
+- Where the objective info lives in the config JSON.
+
+:::note TODO
+Notion source: `TASK-FR029 Define and label Objective positions`,
+`TASK-FR030 Objective information in json file`, `TASK-FR035 Show objective position`,
+`TASK-FR026 Objective moves together with objective holder` (a bug to be aware of).
+Reference: [config JSON](../../../reference/config-json/README.md).
+:::
+
+## Related
+
+- [Pixel-size calibration](../calibrate-pixel-size/README.md) (do this next)
+- [Change the objective](../../../tutorials/day-2/reconfigure/change-objective.md)
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/calibrate-pixel-size/IMAGES/pixel-calibration-placeholder.png b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/calibrate-pixel-size/IMAGES/pixel-calibration-placeholder.png
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cf544965f
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/calibrate-pixel-size/IMAGES/pixel-calibration-placeholder.png differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/calibrate-pixel-size/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/calibrate-pixel-size/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9395bd992
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/calibrate-pixel-size/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+---
+sidebar_label: Calibrate pixel size
+sidebar_position: 20
+---
+
+# Calibrate pixel size
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+*How-to, for operators.* Establish micrometres-per-pixel for each objective/camera so
+scale bars, stitching and measurements are correct.
+
+## Steps (per objective)
+
+- Image a calibration target / known feature; measure; enter the pixel size.
+- Repeat for each objective (4x, 20x, ...) and the overview camera.
+- Verify against a second feature.
+
+
+:::note TODO image
+Pixel-calibration screenshots. Notion source: `FAT FRAME #0007 Korea - Part 5`
+("Pixel calibration widefield camera with 20x/4x", "Verify calibration",
+"Pixel calibration Overview camera").
+:::
+
+## Widefield vs. overview (observation) camera
+
+- Calibrate both; note they differ.
+
+## Related
+
+- [Calibrate an objective](../calibrate-objective/README.md)
+- Concept: [How scanning works](../../../explanations/how-scanning-works/README.md)
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/calibrate-stage/IMAGES/stage-calibration-placeholder.png b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/calibrate-stage/IMAGES/stage-calibration-placeholder.png
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cf544965f
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/calibrate-stage/IMAGES/stage-calibration-placeholder.png differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/calibrate-stage/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/calibrate-stage/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f4bda8448
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/calibrate-stage/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+---
+sidebar_label: Calibrate the stage
+sidebar_position: 30
+---
+
+# Calibrate the stage (backlash, rotation)
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+*How-to, for operators.* Make stage moves and stitching geometrically accurate.
+
+## Stage calibration
+
+- Relate stage steps to real distance; run the calibration routine.
+
+## Measure backlash
+
+- What backlash is; measure it for X and Y; where the value is used.
+
+## Camera rotation alignment
+
+- Align camera axes to stage axes so tiles stitch straight.
+
+
+:::note TODO image
+Notion source: `FAT FRAME #0007 Korea - Part 5` ("Stage Calibration",
+"Measure backlash for both axis", "260626 Camera rotation").
+:::
+
+## Related
+
+- Concept: [How scanning works](../../../explanations/how-scanning-works/README.md)
+- Troubleshooting: [motion and homing](../../troubleshooting/motion-homing/README.md)
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/controller/IMAGES/bluetooth-pairing.png b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/controller/IMAGES/bluetooth-pairing.png
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..974300280
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/controller/IMAGES/bluetooth-pairing.png differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/controller/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/controller/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..62dffd41c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/controller/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+---
+sidebar_label: Game controller
+sidebar_position: 60
+---
+
+# Use the game controller
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+*How-to, for operators.* Pair and use a PS4/Bluetooth controller to jog the stage.
+
+## Pair the controller
+
+- Put the controller in pairing mode; connect via Bluetooth.
+
+
+*Pairing via ImSwitch → Hardware Settings → System Update → "Bluetooth pairing"
+(from FAT #0007 Part 2).*
+
+:::note TODO
+Reused from Notion `FAT FRAME #0007 Korea - Part 2`. More pairing screenshots
+(`grafik 1..25.png`) are in that folder if you want a step sequence.
+:::
+
+## Control mapping
+
+- Which sticks/buttons move X/Y/Z, change speed, trigger capture.
+- Note the axis-direction convention.
+
+:::note TODO
+Notion source: `FAT FRAME #0007 Korea - part 7`/`Part 8` ("PS4 Controller direction").
+Reference: [coordinates and axes](../../../reference/coordinates-and-axes/README.md).
+:::
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/data-output/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/data-output/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c3f8afa64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/data-output/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+---
+sidebar_label: Data output
+sidebar_position: 80
+---
+
+# Data output and export
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+*How-to, for operators.* File formats, storage locations and export.
+
+## Output formats
+
+- Single image (PNG/TIFF) vs. OME-TIFF for multi-dimensional (Z, channels, tiles).
+- Metadata included (pixel size, channels, positions).
+
+## Where files are stored
+
+- Default location; changing it; the File Manager.
+
+## Export to USB / network
+
+- Copy to a USB device; any network options.
+
+:::note TODO
+Notion sources: `FAT FRAME #0007 Korea - Part 5`/`Part 8` (OME-TIFF output),
+`TASK-FR011 File Manager pictures are always stored ...`.
+Cross-link: [acquire-data tutorial](../../../tutorials/day-2/acquire-data/README.md).
+:::
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/digital-zoom/IMAGES/digital-zoom-liveview.png b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/digital-zoom/IMAGES/digital-zoom-liveview.png
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2c067c321
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/digital-zoom/IMAGES/digital-zoom-liveview.png differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/digital-zoom/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/digital-zoom/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c3001515c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/digital-zoom/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+sidebar_label: Digital zoom
+sidebar_position: 90
+---
+
+# Digital zoom in Live View
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+*How-to, for operators.* Use digital zoom to check focus without changing objective.
+
+## Enable and use zoom
+
+- Zoom buttons appear on hover; or enable persistent touch controls (top-left of stream).
+- Available on every Live View, including well-plate view.
+
+
+*Zoom buttons on the live stream (from TASK-FR024, frontend v1.6.2).*
+
+:::note TODO
+Reused from Notion `TASK-FR024`. Consider a cleaner re-shot screenshot for publication
+(this one is a dev screenshot). Add a short caption describing the touch-controls toggle.
+:::
+
+## Note
+
+- Digital zoom does not change optical resolution; it helps judge focus. Cross-link
+ [pixel-size calibration](../calibrate-pixel-size/README.md) for real measurements.
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/homing/IMAGES/homing-placeholder.png b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/homing/IMAGES/homing-placeholder.png
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cf544965f
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/homing/IMAGES/homing-placeholder.png differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/homing/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/homing/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..708572079
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/homing/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+---
+sidebar_label: Homing
+sidebar_position: 50
+---
+
+# Homing
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+*How-to, for operators.* Re-establish the stage's reference position.
+
+## When homing is needed
+
+- After power-up, after hitting an endstop, when coordinates look wrong.
+
+## How to home
+
+- Manual homing per axis; full homing; what to expect (motion, sounds, duration).
+
+
+:::note TODO image
+Homing control + the "machine has not been homed" prompt. Notion source:
+`FAT FRAME #0007 Korea - Part 1` and `Part 4` (homing after power cycle).
+:::
+
+## Known issues and recovery
+
+- Axis stuck at an endstop; coordinates wrong after Y homing.
+
+:::note TODO
+Notion sources: `TASK-FR004 no homing during boot`, `TASK-FR005 manual Z homing`,
+`TASK-FR008 Homing Y makes coordinates wrong`, `TASK-FR010 axis stuck at endstop`,
+`TASK-FR006 stage motion must not damage`. Decide which are fixed vs. user-facing.
+Cross-link: [troubleshooting / motion](../../troubleshooting/motion-homing/README.md).
+:::
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/illumination-dpc-matrix/IMAGES/led-matrix-dpc-placeholder.png b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/illumination-dpc-matrix/IMAGES/led-matrix-dpc-placeholder.png
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cf544965f
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/illumination-dpc-matrix/IMAGES/led-matrix-dpc-placeholder.png differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/illumination-dpc-matrix/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/illumination-dpc-matrix/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c101721c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-2/illumination-dpc-matrix/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+---
+sidebar_label: Illumination & DPC
+sidebar_position: 70
+---
+
+# Illumination: LED matrix, DPC, brightfield
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+*How-to, for operators.* Drive the LED matrix / ring for brightfield and computational
+contrast (DPC).
+
+## Brightfield
+
+- Set intensity; the LED slider range; using a diffusor for even illumination.
+
+## LED matrix / ring patterns
+
+- Selecting patterns; oblique illumination; the ring.
+
+## Differential phase contrast (DPC)
+
+- What DPC needs (opposing half-patterns); how to run it; the output.
+
+
+:::note TODO image
+LED matrix + DPC settings. Notion source: `FAT FRAME #0007 Korea - Part 3` ("Matrix LED"),
+`Part 7` ("LED Matrix RING"), `Part 8` ("LED Matrix settings test DPC").
+:::
+
+## Known issues
+
+:::note TODO
+Notion sources: `TASK-FR034 LED slider range not set properly`,
+`TASK-FR018 FRAME HAT Megapixel LED status info`. Concept:
+[illumination and contrast](../../../explanations/illumination-and-contrast/README.md).
+:::
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-n/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-n/README.md
index 16565b47f..9d148a237 100644
--- a/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-n/README.md
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/day-n/README.md
@@ -5,7 +5,30 @@ toc_max_heading_level: 4
# Day *n*: Reconfiguration and Extension
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
-## Focus Mapping
+Customising and extending a FRAME after initial deployment — beyond routine
+[Day-2 operations](../day-2/README.md).
+
+## Add or swap hardware modules
+
+- Mounting add-ons; when re-calibration/alignment is required.
+- Cross-link: [Add-ons catalog](../../addons/README.md),
+ [Developers / hardware](../../developers/hardware/README.md).
+
+## Integrate the FRAME into a larger workflow
+
+- Robotic arms, liquid handlers, external triggers, scripted control.
+- Cross-link: [Developers / applications](../../developers/applications/README.md).
+
+## Focus Mapping
+
+:::note TODO
+This video is duplicated in the new
+[Focus map tutorial](../../tutorials/day-2/focus-map/README.md). Decide where it should
+primarily live and remove the other, or keep both intentionally.
+:::
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/troubleshooting/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/troubleshooting/README.md
index 9a50bf8f7..a831f0a8a 100644
--- a/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/troubleshooting/README.md
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/troubleshooting/README.md
@@ -3,3 +3,20 @@ toc_max_heading_level: 4
---
# Troubleshooting
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+Symptom → cause → fix, grouped by subsystem. Source material: the `TASK-FRxxx` reports
+in `FRAME_DOKU_FROM_NOTION/` (each has screenshots).
+
+- [Motion and homing](./motion-homing/README.md)
+- [Software / ImSwitch](./software-imswitch/README.md)
+- [Hardware](./hardware/README.md)
+- [Configuration and OS](./config-os/README.md)
+
+:::note TODO
+For each `TASK-FRxxx`, decide: publish as a user-facing entry, drop (already fixed), or
+record as a known limitation. See the source map in `_PROPOSED_STRUCTURE.md`.
+:::
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/troubleshooting/_category_.yml b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/troubleshooting/_category_.yml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ff677b931
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/troubleshooting/_category_.yml
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+label: Troubleshooting
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/troubleshooting/config-os/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/troubleshooting/config-os/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..002e1c447
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/troubleshooting/config-os/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+sidebar_label: Configuration & OS
+sidebar_position: 40
+---
+
+# Troubleshooting: configuration and OS
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. One entry per issue: symptom, cause, fix. Delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+:::note TODO — source reports (decide publish / drop / known-limitation)
+- `TASK-FR020` After OS update, install Ethan and Arkitekt (breakage)
+- `TASK-FR021` Firmware update and check - correct procedure
+- `TASK-FR022` Software configuration JSON usability
+Each Notion folder has screenshots to reuse.
+:::
+
+## Something broke after an OS update
+
+- Symptom / cause / fix.
+
+## Firmware mismatch / update
+
+- Cross-link: [Day-1 software install](../../day-1/sw-install/README.md),
+ [Developers / firmware](../../../developers/software/firmware/README.md).
+
+## Configuration file problems
+
+- Cross-link: [config JSON reference](../../../reference/config-json/README.md).
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/troubleshooting/hardware/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/troubleshooting/hardware/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..86201ce32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/troubleshooting/hardware/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+---
+sidebar_label: Hardware
+sidebar_position: 30
+---
+
+# Troubleshooting: hardware
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. One entry per issue: symptom, cause, fix. Delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+:::note TODO — source reports (decide publish / drop / known-limitation)
+- `TASK-FR007` Lens fell out of illumination
+- `TASK-FR009` Touching/moving camera cable introduces artefacts
+- `TASK-FR012` FRAME SD-card access and RPi hardware
+Each Notion folder has screenshots to reuse.
+:::
+
+## Image artefacts when the camera cable is touched
+
+- Symptom / cause / fix.
+
+## Illumination lens loose / fell out
+
+- Symptom / cause / fix.
+
+## Accessing the SD card / Raspberry Pi
+
+- Steps and cautions.
+
+## Related
+
+- [Parts and connectors](../../../reference/parts-and-connectors/README.md)
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/troubleshooting/motion-homing/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/troubleshooting/motion-homing/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fc7c14243
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/troubleshooting/motion-homing/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+---
+sidebar_label: Motion & homing
+sidebar_position: 10
+---
+
+# Troubleshooting: motion and homing
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. One entry per issue: symptom, cause, fix. Delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+:::note TODO — source reports (decide publish / drop / known-limitation)
+- `TASK-FR004` FRAME does not perform homing during boot
+- `TASK-FR005` Manual Z-axis homing behaviour
+- `TASK-FR006` Stage motion must not damage (safety limits)
+- `TASK-FR008` Homing Y axis makes displayed coordinates wrong
+- `TASK-FR010` Axis stuck after hitting an endstop
+Each Notion folder has screenshots to reuse.
+:::
+
+## Axis will not home / no homing on boot
+
+- Symptom / cause / fix.
+
+## Axis stuck at an endstop
+
+- Symptom / cause / fix.
+
+## Coordinates wrong after homing
+
+- Symptom / cause / fix.
+
+## Related
+
+- How-to: [Homing](../../day-2/homing/README.md),
+ [Stage calibration](../../day-2/calibrate-stage/README.md)
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/troubleshooting/software-imswitch/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/troubleshooting/software-imswitch/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9c6b708c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/guides/troubleshooting/software-imswitch/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+---
+sidebar_label: Software / ImSwitch
+sidebar_position: 20
+---
+
+# Troubleshooting: software / ImSwitch
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. One entry per issue: symptom, cause, fix. Delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+:::note TODO — source reports (decide publish / drop / known-limitation)
+- `TASK-FR014` ImSwitch unable to shut down the machine
+- `TASK-FR016` ImSwitch reports a misleading message
+- `TASK-FR017` GUI bug while trying to switch
+- `TASK-FR019` ImageJ is impractical for use case
+Each Notion folder has screenshots to reuse.
+:::
+
+## ImSwitch will not shut down the machine
+
+- Symptom / cause / fix. Cross-link: [shutdown tutorial](../../../tutorials/day-1/shutdown/README.md).
+
+## Misleading status / error message
+
+- Symptom / cause / fix.
+
+## GUI switching bug
+
+- Symptom / cause / fix.
+
+## Related
+
+- [ImSwitch UI reference](../../../reference/imswitch-ui-reference/README.md)
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/reference/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/reference/README.md
index 0e7edb859..0124a979b 100644
--- a/docs/usage/pro/frame/reference/README.md
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/reference/README.md
@@ -4,3 +4,16 @@ sidebar_label: Reference
---
# Technical Reference
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+Information-oriented lookup pages — for both users and developers.
+
+- [Specifications](./specifications/README.md)
+- [Parts and connectors](./parts-and-connectors/README.md)
+- [ImSwitch UI reference](./imswitch-ui-reference/README.md)
+- [Coordinates and axes](./coordinates-and-axes/README.md)
+- [Configuration (JSON)](./config-json/README.md)
+- [Glossary](./glossary/README.md)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/reference/config-json/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/reference/config-json/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2a9bfe269
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/reference/config-json/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+---
+sidebar_label: Configuration (JSON)
+sidebar_position: 50
+---
+
+# Configuration (JSON)
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Document each field in a table. Delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+The machine configuration file that ImSwitch loads on startup (devices, objectives,
+calibration values). For **operators** the [ImSwitch settings tutorial](../../tutorials/day-2/imswitch-settings/README.md)
+covers picking/saving a config; this page is the field-by-field reference.
+
+## Where the file lives
+
+- Path on the machine; how it is selected/loaded.
+
+## Structure
+
+- Top-level sections (detectors, lasers/LEDs, positioners, objectives, ...).
+
+## Objectives block
+
+- Fields: name, magnification, NA, pixel size, Z-offset, position.
+
+:::note TODO
+Notion sources: `TASK-FR022 software configuration json`,
+`TASK-FR030 Objective information in json file`,
+`TASK-FR025 store optical settings in config`, `FAT Part 3` (JSON section).
+Paste a real (redacted) example config and annotate each field.
+:::
+
+## Related
+
+- [ImSwitch architecture](../../explanations/imswitch-architecture/README.md)
+- [Developers / add a device](../../developers/software/add-a-device/README.md)
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/reference/coordinates-and-axes/IMAGES/axes-diagram-placeholder.png b/docs/usage/pro/frame/reference/coordinates-and-axes/IMAGES/axes-diagram-placeholder.png
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cf544965f
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/pro/frame/reference/coordinates-and-axes/IMAGES/axes-diagram-placeholder.png differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/reference/coordinates-and-axes/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/reference/coordinates-and-axes/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a9008d387
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/reference/coordinates-and-axes/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+---
+sidebar_label: Coordinates & axes
+sidebar_position: 40
+---
+
+# Coordinates and axes
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+- Axis definitions: X, Y, Z, and A (what A is).
+- Sign conventions and how they map to controller/stage motion.
+- Coordinate display and manual entry in ImSwitch.
+- Travel limits per axis (see [Specifications](../specifications/README.md)).
+
+
+:::note TODO image
+Axis diagram overlaid on the machine. Notion sources:
+`TASK-FR031 displaying and entering X Y Z A coordinates`,
+`TASK-FR032 read out and display current detector position`,
+`TASK-FR008 Homing Y makes coordinates wrong` (convention gotcha).
+:::
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/reference/glossary/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/reference/glossary/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c297f8852
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/reference/glossary/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+---
+sidebar_label: Glossary
+sidebar_position: 60
+---
+
+# Glossary
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Fill definitions; decide on EN-only or EN/DE. Delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+Plain-language definitions of FRAME/ImSwitch terms.
+
+:::note TODO
+Decide whether to add a German column (CoreBox/HoloBox glossaries are bilingual, and the
+Notion notes contain German terms). Fill the "Meaning" column.
+:::
+
+| Term | (Deutsch) | Meaning |
+|---|---|---|
+| Widefield camera | | The main imaging camera. |
+| Overview / observation camera | | The wide-angle camera for locating the sample. |
+| Objective | Objektiv | |
+| Objective carriage / turret | | Motorized holder switching between objectives. |
+| Stage | Tisch | The motorized X/Y/Z sample platform. |
+| Homing | Referenzfahrt | Moving axes to a known reference position. |
+| Backlash | Umkehrspiel | Lost motion when a stage reverses direction. |
+| Tile / stitching | | Combining many frames into one large image. |
+| Focus map | | Interpolated focus surface across a large area. |
+| Z-stack | | A series of images at different focus depths. |
+| Autofocus (image-based) | | Focus found from image sharpness. |
+| Autofocus (hardware-based) | | Focus held by a dedicated sensor / focus lock. |
+| Brightfield | Hellfeld | |
+| DPC | | Differential phase contrast from opposing illumination. |
+| LED matrix | LED-Matrix | Array of LEDs enabling patterned illumination. |
+| OME-TIFF | | Standard multi-dimensional microscopy image format. |
+| ImSwitch | | The browser-based control software. |
+| HAT | | The Raspberry Pi add-on board driving FRAME electronics. |
+
+## Related
+
+- Wave/geometrical-optics terms: [CoreBox glossary](../../../../disc/corebox/reference/glossary.md)
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/reference/imswitch-ui-reference/IMAGES/imswitch-liveview-placeholder.png b/docs/usage/pro/frame/reference/imswitch-ui-reference/IMAGES/imswitch-liveview-placeholder.png
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cf544965f
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/pro/frame/reference/imswitch-ui-reference/IMAGES/imswitch-liveview-placeholder.png differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/reference/imswitch-ui-reference/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/reference/imswitch-ui-reference/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..88e538a08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/reference/imswitch-ui-reference/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+---
+sidebar_label: ImSwitch UI reference
+sidebar_position: 30
+---
+
+# ImSwitch UI reference
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. One short subsection per UI area with an annotated screenshot. Delete this
+banner when done.
+:::
+
+A page-by-page tour of the ImSwitch interface. Screenshots exist across the Notion FAT
+parts and the `TASK-FR024`/`FR025` folders — reuse them.
+
+## Live View
+
+- Camera stream, LIVE/FPS indicator, capture, digital zoom.
+
+## Stage Control
+
+- Position display (X/Y/Z/A), jog, speed.
+
+## Autofocus
+
+- Basic vs. Advanced settings.
+
+## Illumination
+
+- LED, laser channels, sliders.
+
+## Detector Parameters
+
+- Exposure, gain, binning, ROI.
+
+## File Manager
+
+- Browsing captures, USB export.
+
+## Well-plate view
+
+- Selecting wells; per-well acquisition.
+
+
+:::note TODO images
+Annotated screenshots for each area. Notion sources: `FAT FRAME #0007 Korea - Part 1`
+(start page, machine admin, ImSwitch tour), `TASK-FR024` (zoom), `TASK-FR025` (autofocus),
+`TASK-FR031/FR032` (coordinates/detector position). Existing:
+`tutorials/day-1/first-sample` already has several Live View screenshots.
+:::
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/reference/parts-and-connectors/IMAGES/connectors-placeholder.png b/docs/usage/pro/frame/reference/parts-and-connectors/IMAGES/connectors-placeholder.png
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cf544965f
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/pro/frame/reference/parts-and-connectors/IMAGES/connectors-placeholder.png differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/reference/parts-and-connectors/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/reference/parts-and-connectors/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fb66e6a4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/reference/parts-and-connectors/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+---
+sidebar_label: Parts & connectors
+sidebar_position: 20
+---
+
+# Parts and connectors
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+Physical reference: ports, power, boards.
+
+## External connectors
+
+- Power inlet, network, USB, any external trigger/IO. What plugs where.
+
+## Power supply
+
+- Meanwell supply spec; how it seats into the HAT; optional battery.
+
+
+:::note TODO image
+Labelled photo of the back panel / connectors. Notion source:
+`TASK-FR028 correct power supply`, `TASK-FR012 SD card / RPi hardware`.
+:::
+
+## Internal boards
+
+- Raspberry Pi + HAT, motor controller, LED/illumination controller, objective controller.
+- SD-card access (see [troubleshooting / hardware](../../guides/troubleshooting/hardware/README.md)).
+
+:::note TODO
+Developer-level board detail belongs in
+[Developers / electronics controllers](../../developers/hardware/electronics-controllers/README.md).
+:::
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/reference/specifications/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/reference/specifications/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a8276cf77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/reference/specifications/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+---
+sidebar_label: Specifications
+sidebar_position: 10
+---
+
+# Specifications
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Fill the tables and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+:::note TODO
+Confirm every value against the current product page (openuc2.com/products/frame) and a
+real machine's config. Values below are starting points from the product page and the
+FAT logs — verify before publishing.
+:::
+
+## At a glance
+
+| Property | Value |
+|---|---|
+| Footprint | 300 x 300 x 300 mm |
+| Weight | < 16 kg |
+| Stage range (X, Y, Z) | 130 x 90 x 11 mm (verify) |
+| Stage precision | sub-micrometre (verify) |
+| Power | 110 / 230 V; optional 12 V / 5 A battery |
+
+## Objectives
+
+- Options: 4x / 10x / 20x / 60x on a motorized carriage (2-position). Confirm exact set.
+
+## Cameras
+
+- Widefield (main) camera, e.g. `MV-CS060-10UC-Pro` (colour) — confirm options.
+- Overview / observation camera.
+
+## Illumination
+
+- LED matrix / ring (brightfield, oblique, DPC).
+- Lasers: 405 / 488 / 520 / 635 nm — confirm which are standard vs. optional, and classes.
+
+## Labware compatibility
+
+- Slides, 6-384 well microplates, culture flasks, petri dishes, flow chambers.
+
+## Software
+
+- ImSwitch (browser-based), REST API, Python SDK. See
+ [ImSwitch architecture](../../explanations/imswitch-architecture/README.md).
+
+:::note TODO images
+Add a labelled photo of the machine and a dimensioned drawing.
+:::
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/first-sample/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/first-sample/README.md
index d31f3a836..6226f48d7 100644
--- a/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/first-sample/README.md
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/first-sample/README.md
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ Then you can view the image (and its associated metadata) in other programs on y
You can configure ImSwitch to save the image directly to a removable USB storage device, instead of saving the image to the FRAME's internal SD card.
When you are acquiring large amounts of data, you should save your data to a removable storage device so that you can transfer it to other computers more easily and more quickly.
-To learn how to do this, please refer to our [day-2 tutorial](../../day-2/acquire-data/README.md#to-a-removable-usb-storage-device).
+To learn how to do this, please refer to our [day-2 tutorial](../../day-2/acquire-data/README.md#copy-data-to-a-usb-storage-device).
:::
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/Accessories.png b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/Accessories.png
new file mode 100755
index 000000000..7b07ee125
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/Accessories.png differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/ArmCable.jpeg b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/ArmCable.jpeg
new file mode 100755
index 000000000..cb73d1240
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/ArmCable.jpeg differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/Backside.jpeg b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/Backside.jpeg
new file mode 100755
index 000000000..4f2be8c33
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/Backside.jpeg differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/BacksideScrew.png b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/BacksideScrew.png
new file mode 100755
index 000000000..5d893b2d4
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/BacksideScrew.png differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/Box.jpeg b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/Box.jpeg
new file mode 100755
index 000000000..508a727d5
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/Box.jpeg differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/CameraWiring.png b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/CameraWiring.png
new file mode 100755
index 000000000..fbe8741c3
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/CameraWiring.png differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/Components.png b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/Components.png
new file mode 100755
index 000000000..20f065534
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/Components.png differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/FirstLayerBox.jpeg b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/FirstLayerBox.jpeg
new file mode 100755
index 000000000..78941b73a
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/FirstLayerBox.jpeg differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/LockBlock.jpeg b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/LockBlock.jpeg
new file mode 100755
index 000000000..1694995f0
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/LockBlock.jpeg differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/MountIlluminationArm.jpeg b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/MountIlluminationArm.jpeg
new file mode 100755
index 000000000..9a764e308
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/MountIlluminationArm.jpeg differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/ObjectiveMounting.png b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/ObjectiveMounting.png
new file mode 100755
index 000000000..ebc8eb176
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/ObjectiveMounting.png differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/RemoveScrew.jpeg b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/RemoveScrew.jpeg
new file mode 100755
index 000000000..31ab63162
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/RemoveScrew.jpeg differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/TopView.png b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/TopView.png
new file mode 100755
index 000000000..ff11a82a1
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/TopView.png differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/TopViewHint.png b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/TopViewHint.png
new file mode 100755
index 000000000..964a8afaf
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/TopViewHint.png differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/TransportLock.jpeg b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/TransportLock.jpeg
new file mode 100755
index 000000000..ba3463255
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/TransportLock.jpeg differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/TransportationLock.png b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/TransportationLock.png
new file mode 100755
index 000000000..fda2b4cfd
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/TransportationLock.png differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/Wiring.png b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/Wiring.png
new file mode 100755
index 000000000..40f87d07e
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/IMAGES/Wiring.png differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/README.md
old mode 100644
new mode 100755
index 458856e87..ba7ed011b
--- a/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/README.md
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-1/unboxing/README.md
@@ -1,6 +1,59 @@
----
-sidebar_position: 10
-sidebar_label: Unboxing
----
-
-# Unbox and Put Your FRAME Together
+---
+sidebar_position: 10
+sidebar_label: Unboxing
+---
+
+# Unbox and Put Your FRAME Together
+This tutorial is the first guideline show you how to unbox the Frame microscope. Please go through the steps before you power on the microscope for the first time.
+
+
+Warning: Powering on the microscope without removing the transport lock may cause irreversible damage to the microscope!
+
+## Remove the outer box and take out the components
+After open the outer box, you will find the safe box contains the microscope.
+
+In the second small package, it should be some extra accessories for the microscope as shown here
+
+Open the safe box, left side is the microscope and right side the illumination arm and in between sit some small accessories.
+
+Take out the accessories fist
+
+Then remove the first layer of the protection foam, and take out the illumination arm.
+
+After take out the illumination arm, the rest layers of foam can be removed from the box. Put hands to the side of the microscope (green arrow side), find the bottom surface of the stage. This surface is a solid metall surface, apply force to this surface to uplift the microscope.
+
+
+Now the microscope can be easily move to a flat table.
+
+
+
+Warning: Be careful with the extended optical module, the camera sits in the last cube, don't put on force to the camera.
+
+
+
+## Remove the transport lock
+The micorscope is mounted with transport lock for transportation. Remove the sample holder to find the trasnport lock.
+
+The 3 pieces of locks fix the axises and are labeled in red. Unscrew the screws and remove the blocks completely. After remove the transport lock, mount the sample holder back.
+
+The small piece can be fixed onto the big piece.
+
+At the backside of the microscope, above the electrical box, there are screw holes for storing the lock pieces.
+
+
+## Assemble the illumination arm
+On the backside of the microscope, there are two screws to mount the illumination arm.
+
+Loose the screws and use them to mount the arm.
+
+The illumination arm is designed to have the height adjustment ability. It is currently aligned with the lowest position. Tighten the screws after push the arm to the lowest position.
+
+
+## Wiring
+Some wires are required to boot the microscope. Two cables hang out from the illumination arm, the JST connector is for CAN communication and should be plug onto any connector on top of the electronics.
+
+
+On the electronical panel, there are 2x USB3 and 2x USB2 ports. Use the short 10cm USB cable to connect the ESP32 to the upper USB3 and the camera to the lower USB3. Connect the Emergency stop to the EMC STOP port. Wifi dongle can be plugged to the bottom USB2 port and connect the upper USB2 to USB hub and overview camera, which is the USB cable hanging on the illumination arm.
+
+
+Make sure the emergency stop is on the released position.
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/README.md
index 564b71a03..49f7e80f6 100644
--- a/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/README.md
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/README.md
@@ -4,4 +4,27 @@ sidebar_label: Day 2
# Day 2: Routine Tasks
-TODO
+:::note Draft outline
+This page is a scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete
+this banner when the page is done.
+:::
+
+Now that your FRAME is [deployed and acquiring its first images](../day-1/README.md),
+these hands-on tutorials teach the routine imaging workflows you'll use day to day.
+They are written for **users** (e.g. biologists) — follow each one start to finish.
+
+Suggested learning order:
+
+1. [Acquire and save your first dataset](./acquire-data/README.md)
+2. [Run a large-area (stitched) scan](./stitching-scan/README.md)
+3. [Acquire a Z-stack](./z-stack/README.md)
+4. [Keep a big scan in focus with a focus map](./focus-map/README.md)
+5. [Acquire your first fluorescence image](./fluorescence/README.md)
+6. [Reconfigure the FRAME (sample holders, objectives)](./reconfigure/README.md)
+7. [Adjust ImSwitch settings](./imswitch-settings/README.md)
+
+:::note TODO
+- Confirm this ordering matches how you teach it; `sidebar_position` values follow this list.
+- Decide whether fluorescence belongs in Day 2 (routine) or should be gated behind a
+ laser-safety briefing on its own page.
+:::
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/acquire-data/IMAGES/file-manager-placeholder.png b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/acquire-data/IMAGES/file-manager-placeholder.png
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cf544965f
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/acquire-data/IMAGES/file-manager-placeholder.png differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/acquire-data/IMAGES/snap-button-placeholder.png b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/acquire-data/IMAGES/snap-button-placeholder.png
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cf544965f
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/acquire-data/IMAGES/snap-button-placeholder.png differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/acquire-data/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/acquire-data/README.md
index 0f8408839..e164ddfeb 100644
--- a/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/acquire-data/README.md
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/acquire-data/README.md
@@ -1,8 +1,62 @@
---
sidebar_label: Acquire Data
+sidebar_position: 10
---
-# Acquire Data
+# Acquire and save your first dataset
-## to a removable USB storage device
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+*Learning-oriented, for users.* By the end of this tutorial you will have captured a
+single image, saved it, and found the file again — the foundation for every larger
+workflow.
+
+## Snap a single image
+
+- What to cover: from [Live View](../../day-1/first-sample/README.md), how to capture
+ the current frame (button, shortcut).
+- What file format / naming you get by default.
+
+
+:::note TODO image
+Screenshot of the Live View capture control. Notion source:
+`FRAME_DOKU_FROM_NOTION/FAT FRAME #0007 Korea - Part 1` (Live View screenshots).
+:::
+
+## Where the file is saved
+
+- Explain the default save location and the File Manager app.
+- How to change the destination folder.
+
+:::note TODO
+Clarify the current default. Notion source: `TASK-FR011 File Manager pictures are always
+stored ...` documents where captures land and the issue that was fixed.
+:::
+
+## Copy data to a USB storage device
+
+- Insert a USB drive; where it appears.
+- Copy/move a dataset from the File Manager to the USB device.
+- Safely eject.
+
+
+:::note TODO image
+File Manager + USB copy screenshots. Notion source: `TASK-FR011 ...`.
+:::
+
+## Output formats
+
+- Single image (PNG/TIFF) vs. OME-TIFF for multi-dimensional data.
+- Which to pick for analysis in Fiji/ImageJ, QuPath, etc.
+
+:::note TODO
+Notion source for OME-TIFF output: `FAT FRAME #0007 Korea - Part 5` and `Part 8`
+("... OME TIFF output").
+:::
+
+## Related
+
+- Reference: [Data output formats](../../../guides/day-2/data-output/README.md)
+- Next tutorial: [Run a large-area (stitched) scan](../stitching-scan/README.md)
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/fluorescence/IMAGES/illumination-panel-placeholder.png b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/fluorescence/IMAGES/illumination-panel-placeholder.png
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cf544965f
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/fluorescence/IMAGES/illumination-panel-placeholder.png differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/fluorescence/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/fluorescence/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..47ac8f044
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/fluorescence/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+---
+sidebar_label: Fluorescence
+sidebar_position: 50
+---
+
+# Acquire your first fluorescence image
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+*Learning-oriented, for users (biologists).* If your FRAME is equipped with laser
+illumination, this tutorial captures a single fluorescence channel and then a
+multi-channel image.
+
+:::danger Laser safety — read first
+- Draft the safety rules for the installed lasers (405 / 488 / 520 / 635 nm): never look
+ into the beam, interlocks, eyewear if applicable, who may operate.
+:::
+:::note TODO
+Fill in the exact laser classes and the required safety wording for the FRAME.
+:::
+
+## Step 1 — Select a channel
+
+- Which laser matches which dye (405 - DAPI, 488 - GFP, 635 - AlexaFluor 647, etc.).
+- Turn off LED/brightfield, enable the fluorescence channel.
+
+
+:::note TODO image
+Illumination panel with fluorescence channel selected. Notion / existing source:
+`tutorials/day-1/first-sample` already shows the Illumination section with 488 nm.
+:::
+
+## Step 2 — Set exposure and power, avoid bleaching
+
+- Balancing laser power vs. exposure; keeping power low to reduce photobleaching.
+
+## Step 3 — Multi-channel acquisition
+
+- Sequentially acquire several channels; how they are combined/saved.
+
+## Step 4 — Save
+
+- Channel metadata in OME-TIFF; opening in Fiji.
+
+## Related
+
+- [Illumination and contrast explained](../../../explanations/illumination-and-contrast/README.md)
+- Reference: [Specifications - lasers](../../../reference/specifications/README.md)
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/focus-map/IMAGES/focus-points-placeholder.png b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/focus-map/IMAGES/focus-points-placeholder.png
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cf544965f
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/focus-map/IMAGES/focus-points-placeholder.png differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/focus-map/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/focus-map/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b098a6b42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/focus-map/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+---
+sidebar_label: Focus Map
+sidebar_position: 40
+---
+
+# Keep a big scan in focus with a focus map
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+*Learning-oriented, for users.* Over a large sample the focus drifts because the slide
+or plate is never perfectly flat. A focus map samples the focus at a few points and
+interpolates the correct Z everywhere in between — so a big scan stays sharp without
+running a full Z-stack at every tile.
+
+## The idea
+
+- Sample tilt/curvature across a large area; interpolate a focus surface.
+
+
+
+:::note TODO
+This Focus Mapping video was previously on the Day-*n* guides page; it lives here now as
+the tutorial. Decide whether to keep the video, replace with screenshots, or both.
+:::
+
+## Step 1 — Place focus points
+
+- How to add focus reference points across the region and focus each one.
+
+
+:::note TODO image
+Focus-map point placement UI. Notion source:
+`FRAME_DOKU_FROM_NOTION/FAT FRAME #0007 Korea - Part 8 (1)`
+("Testing large area scan 20x Fokus Map").
+:::
+
+## Step 2 — Run the mapped scan
+
+- Start the scan using the interpolated focus; how it differs from single-Z.
+
+## When to use focus map vs. autofocus vs. Z-stack
+
+- Comparison table prompt: speed, robustness, data size, sample type.
+
+## Related
+
+- [Autofocus how-to](../../../guides/day-2/autofocus/README.md)
+- [Autofocus explained](../../../explanations/autofocus-explained/README.md)
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/imswitch-settings/IMAGES/digital-zoom-liveview.png b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/imswitch-settings/IMAGES/digital-zoom-liveview.png
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2c067c321
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/imswitch-settings/IMAGES/digital-zoom-liveview.png differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/imswitch-settings/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/imswitch-settings/README.md
index b5cf5a289..7545a63b9 100644
--- a/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/imswitch-settings/README.md
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/imswitch-settings/README.md
@@ -1,9 +1,40 @@
---
sidebar_label: ImSwitch Settings
+sidebar_position: 70
---
-# Adjust ImSwitch Settings
+# Adjust ImSwitch settings
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+*Learning-oriented, for users.* Small settings that make daily work smoother.
## Optimize camera streaming settings
+- Live-view framerate vs. resolution trade-off; digital zoom to check focus.
+- Cross-link: [digital zoom how-to](../../../guides/day-2/digital-zoom/README.md).
+
+
+*Digital zoom on the live stream (from TASK-FR024).*
+
+:::note TODO
+Reused from Notion `TASK-FR024`. See the [digital zoom how-to](../../../guides/day-2/digital-zoom/README.md).
+:::
+
## Change hardware configuration
+
+- What the hardware configuration is; when you'd change it; how to select/save one.
+- Where optical settings are stored.
+
+:::note TODO
+Notion source: `TASK-FR022 Usability - software configuration json`,
+`TASK-FR025 store optical settings in config`. Full field reference belongs in
+[Reference / config JSON](../../../reference/config-json/README.md); this page is the
+user-level "how to pick and save a config".
+:::
+
+## Related
+
+- [ImSwitch UI reference](../../../reference/imswitch-ui-reference/README.md)
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/reconfigure/IMAGES/objective-switch-placeholder.png b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/reconfigure/IMAGES/objective-switch-placeholder.png
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cf544965f
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/reconfigure/IMAGES/objective-switch-placeholder.png differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/reconfigure/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/reconfigure/README.md
index f93c2e020..3dba7cdfd 100644
--- a/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/reconfigure/README.md
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/reconfigure/README.md
@@ -1,5 +1,23 @@
---
sidebar_label: Reconfigure
+sidebar_position: 60
---
# Reconfigure the FRAME
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+*Learning-oriented, for users.* Everyday reconfiguration you'll do without tools (or
+with just the Allen wrench): swapping the sample holder and changing the objective.
+
+- [Change the sample holder](./sample-holder.md) (slide ↔ well plate)
+- [Change the objective](./change-objective.md)
+
+:::note TODO
+Add any other routine reconfiguration users do frequently (e.g. swapping camera,
+inserting a diffusor). Deeper hardware changes belong in the
+[Day-n guides](../../../guides/day-n/README.md) or the
+[Developers/hardware](../../../developers/hardware/README.md) section.
+:::
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/reconfigure/change-objective.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/reconfigure/change-objective.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7cd990690
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/reconfigure/change-objective.md
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+---
+sidebar_position: 20
+---
+
+# Change the objective
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+*Learning-oriented, for users.* The FRAME carries objectives on a motorized carriage;
+this tutorial covers switching between the mounted objectives in software and physically
+mounting a different objective.
+
+## Switch between mounted objectives (software)
+
+- How to select the objective position in ImSwitch; what updates automatically
+ (pixel size, NA, Z-offset).
+
+
+:::note TODO image
+Objective selector in ImSwitch. Notion source: `TASK-FR035 Show objective position in
+software`, `TASK-FR023 Highlighting current objective`.
+:::
+
+## Physically mount a different objective
+
+- RMS thread; parfocality / Z-offset consequences; when re-calibration is needed.
+
+:::note TODO
+Cross-link the calibration that must follow an objective change:
+[calibrate objective](../../../guides/day-2/calibrate-objective/README.md),
+[pixel-size calibration](../../../guides/day-2/calibrate-pixel-size/README.md).
+Notion source: `TASK-FR029 Define and label Objective positions`,
+`TASK-FR030 Objective information in json file`, `TASK-FR026 Objective moves together
+with objective holder`.
+:::
+
+## Related
+
+- Developer/hardware background: [objective holder](../../../developers/hardware/README.md)
+ and the [objective-slide add-on](../../../addons/objective-slide/00_main.md)
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/reconfigure/remove-holder-placeholder.png b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/reconfigure/remove-holder-placeholder.png
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cf544965f
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/reconfigure/remove-holder-placeholder.png differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/reconfigure/sample-holder.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/reconfigure/sample-holder.md
index 2231ed9e9..a7348f79f 100644
--- a/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/reconfigure/sample-holder.md
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/reconfigure/sample-holder.md
@@ -1,8 +1,22 @@
-# Sample Holder
+---
+sidebar_position: 10
+---
+
+# Change the sample holder
+
+:::note Draft outline
+This page has real content below; the "Remove" section still needs writing.
+:::
## Remove your sample holder
-TODO
+:::note TODO
+Write the removal steps: power/stage state before removing, which screws to loosen,
+how to lift the holder out without hitting the objective.
+Image placeholder below.
+:::
+
+
## Insert a slide holder
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/stitching-scan/IMAGES/scan-region-placeholder.png b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/stitching-scan/IMAGES/scan-region-placeholder.png
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cf544965f
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/stitching-scan/IMAGES/scan-region-placeholder.png differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/stitching-scan/IMAGES/scan-running-placeholder.png b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/stitching-scan/IMAGES/scan-running-placeholder.png
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cf544965f
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/stitching-scan/IMAGES/scan-running-placeholder.png differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/stitching-scan/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/stitching-scan/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..748c4a4c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/stitching-scan/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+---
+sidebar_label: Stitched Scan
+sidebar_position: 20
+---
+
+# Run a large-area (stitched) scan
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+*Learning-oriented, for users.* A single camera frame only sees a tiny part of your
+sample. In this tutorial you'll define a region, let the FRAME image it tile by tile,
+and view the tiles stitched into one large overview image.
+
+## What stitching is (30-second version)
+
+- The stage moves the sample under the fixed objective in a grid of positions.
+- One frame is captured at each position; overlapping tiles are stitched together.
+- Link to the concept page: [How scanning works](../../../explanations/how-scanning-works/README.md).
+
+## Before you start
+
+- Sample inserted and roughly in focus ([first sample](../../day-1/first-sample/README.md)).
+- Objective chosen (4x is the easiest first scan — large field, forgiving focus).
+- Illumination set.
+
+## Step 1 — Define the scan region
+
+- How to set the scan area (corners / centre + size / well selection).
+- How to set tile overlap.
+
+
+:::note TODO image
+Screenshot of the scan/region setup panel. Notion source:
+`FRAME_DOKU_FROM_NOTION/FAT FRAME #0007 Korea - Part 5` ("First Stitching Test").
+:::
+
+## Step 2 — Choose single-Z (fixed focus) for now
+
+- Explain single-Z vs. autofocus vs. focus map (forward-reference the other tutorials).
+
+## Step 3 — Run the scan
+
+- Start the scan; what the progress display shows; roughly how long 4x takes.
+
+
+:::note TODO image
+Scan-in-progress + resulting stitched overview. Notion source:
+`FAT FRAME #0007 Korea - Part 6` ("Stitching Tests 1-5") and `Part 7`/`Part 8`.
+:::
+
+## Step 4 — View and save the stitched result
+
+- Where the stitched image appears; how to save/export it (OME-TIFF).
+
+## What "good" looks like vs. artefacts
+
+- Seams / brightness steps between tiles → illumination flatness (diffusor), overlap.
+- Notion source for the shadow/diffusor investigation: `FAT FRAME #0007 Korea - part 7`
+ ("Imaging test to find bug with shadow", "w/o diffusor").
+
+## Try this
+
+- Increase tile count / area and compare time and file size.
+- Switch to 20x and notice the smaller field and tighter focus tolerance.
+
+## Related
+
+- [Acquire a Z-stack](../z-stack/README.md)
+- [Keep a big scan in focus with a focus map](../focus-map/README.md)
+- How-to (after you've learned it): [pixel-size calibration](../../../guides/day-2/calibrate-pixel-size/README.md)
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/z-stack/IMAGES/zstack-settings-placeholder.png b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/z-stack/IMAGES/zstack-settings-placeholder.png
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cf544965f
Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/z-stack/IMAGES/zstack-settings-placeholder.png differ
diff --git a/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/z-stack/README.md b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/z-stack/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..67185307c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/usage/pro/frame/tutorials/day-2/z-stack/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+---
+sidebar_label: Z-Stack
+sidebar_position: 30
+---
+
+# Acquire a Z-stack
+
+:::note Draft outline
+Scaffold. Replace the bullet prompts with your own text and delete this banner when done.
+:::
+
+*Learning-oriented, for users.* A Z-stack captures the same field at several focus
+depths, so nothing thick is ever fully out of focus. In this tutorial you'll acquire a
+stack at one position and then across a small grid.
+
+## Why a Z-stack
+
+- Thick / uneven samples; capturing the sharpest plane; later extended-depth-of-field.
+
+## Step 1 — Set the Z-range and step count
+
+- How to set the centre plane, the Z-range, and the number of steps.
+- Note the automatic stop at the upper/lower stage limits.
+
+
+:::note TODO image
+Z-stack parameter panel. Notion source:
+`FRAME_DOKU_FROM_NOTION/FAT FRAME #0007 Korea - Part 8 (1)`
+("testing Z-Stack at one position with 20x and diffusor").
+:::
+
+## Step 2 — Acquire at a single position
+
+- Run; scroll through the resulting planes.
+
+## Step 3 — Acquire a Z-stack across a grid
+
+- Combine Z-stack with a small (e.g. 3x3) area scan.
+- Note file size growth and OME-TIFF output.
+
+:::note TODO image
+Notion source: `FAT FRAME #0007 Korea - Part 8 (1)` ("Z-Stack at array 3x3 ... and
+OME TIFF output").
+:::
+
+## Choosing step size
+
+- Rule of thumb relating step size to objective NA / depth of field.
+- Link: [How a microscope works / NA](../../../explanations/how-scanning-works/README.md).
+
+## Related
+
+- [Focus map](../focus-map/README.md) for keeping large scans sharp without a full stack
+- How-to: [Autofocus](../../../guides/day-2/autofocus/README.md)
diff --git a/docusaurus.config.ts b/docusaurus.config.ts
index 8017d0032..b3f3ceefc 100644
--- a/docusaurus.config.ts
+++ b/docusaurus.config.ts
@@ -82,6 +82,17 @@ module.exports = async function createConfigAsync() {
sidebarPath: require.resolve(`./config/sidebars.${variant}.ts`),
remarkPlugins: [math],
rehypePlugins: [katex],
+ // Keep raw, unpublished source material out of the built site while
+ // leaving it on disk for reuse (e.g. Notion exports of internal notes).
+ // The first four globs are Docusaurus's defaults, repeated so overriding
+ // `exclude` does not drop them.
+ exclude: [
+ '**/_*.{js,jsx,ts,tsx,md,mdx}',
+ '**/_*/**',
+ '**/*.test.{js,jsx,ts,tsx}',
+ '**/__tests__/**',
+ '**/FRAME_DOKU_FROM_NOTION/**',
+ ],
// Please change this to your repo.
// Remove this to remove the "edit this page" links.
//editUrl: